Home

Delta VFD-VE-User-Manual

1. Pr Explanation Settings EP VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 01 00 Maximum Output 50 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O O O Frequency 50 00 01 01 1st Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 ZO O e E Setting 1 50 00 01 02 1st Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 220 0 O O e oO Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 440 0 01 03 2nd Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 50 C O Setting 1 2nd Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 Olo 401 04 Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 01 05 3rd Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 050 O O Setting 1 3rd Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 9 Q 401 06 Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 01 07 4th Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 OJO QO Setting 1 4th Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 0 0 O 0 401 08 Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 0 0 01 09 Start Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 50 O n Tu Frequency Upper 0 00 600 00Hz 600 00 O p CUIUS Frequency Lower 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O 01 12 Accel Time 1 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec e er eni e el w01 13 Decel Time 1 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec e fee p OE O w01 14 Accel Time 2 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec ee fee ep Exe w01 15 Decel Time 2 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec TOOTO eue woi 16 Accel Time 3 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec ape S ea S 01 17 Decel Time 3 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec Toa e 9 te O wo1 18 Accel Time 4 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 1909 L Gu pene oe 01
2. HH HB fo s Y r M8X1 25 6X i alid iH HH a j y HH y H Y B 38 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU Order P N 180TDS84C E i i rA Dod ji i i 1 NM Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 39 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 3 B 10 Multi function I O Extension Card B 10 1 Functions EMV APP01 optional multi function I O extension card is exclusively designed for VFD VE series and used with firmware version 2 04 and above It communicates with the AC motor drive by RS 485 communication port COM1 To make sure that the communication is normal it needs to set the COM1 communication protocol to RTU mode 8 N 1 i e set Pr 09 04 to 12 no matter what the baud rate switch is set Communication High Low baud rate switch indicator Power indicator EMV APPO1 i XDi GP REEEESEREE EEE EES EB RS485 port Multi function Multi function Analog signal common input terminals output terminals Analog output Multi function Output power terminals output common terminal gt Iram Please operate by the following steps for switching the high low baud rate 1 make sure that RS
3. Digital 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 nr a a Lu c c e ew sli E 1 1 23 01251 0 023 English alphabet A b Cc d E F G Hh l Jj pa D r c L Vou 07 HEP 409 a eae OD Ic s nn nu English alphabet K L n Oo P q r S Tt U Lu fr wa D c n vt LCD F7 L mn ua c alr 2 Z English alphabet Y Ll u LCD Lu 5 Es Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 3 5 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 2A 3 1 5 Operation Method Refer to 3 1 2 How to operate the digital keypad KPV CE01 and chapter 4 parameters for setting Please choose a suitable method depending on application and operation rule The operation is usually used as shown in the following table http Awww automatedpt com Operation Method Frequency Source Operation Command Source KPV CEO1 keypad Operate from external signal Factory setting FWD STOP SINK Mode REV STOP Sink e ths Multi step 1 Factory B Source setting e Multi step 2 Please refer to SET 3 Figure 3for wiring Multi step of SINK mode and Multi step 4 SOURCEmode No function No function Digital Signal Common Don t apply the mains voltage directly to above terminals ACI current voltage selection ACI Switch 3 Make sure that power is OFF before changing the switch
4. Pr Explanation Settings ERE VF VFPG svc FOCPG TacPG 49 Enable Drive oOlolo O G 50 Reserved Multi function Output 1 0 No function 11 02 11 RA RB RC Relay1 1 Operation indication Multi function Output 2 2 Operation speed attained 1 02 12 MRA MRC Relay2 3 Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 Multi function Output 3 4 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 0 02 13 MO 5 Zero speed frequency command 6 Zero speed with stop frequency command 7 Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 8 Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 Multi function Output 4 9 Drive ready 0 A02 14 MO2 10 User defined Low voltage Detection 11 Malfunction indication Multi function Output 5 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 02 35 MO3 13 Overheat 14 Software brake signal indication 02 36 Multi function Output 6 15 PID feedback error MO4 16 Slip error oSL 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 Multi function Output 7 18 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 02 37 MOS 19 Baseblock B B Indication 20 Warning output Multi function Output 8 21 Over voltage warning 02 38 7 MO6 22 Over current stall prevention warning 23 Over voltage stall prevention warning Multi function Output 9 24 Operation mode indication 02 39 MO7 25 Forward command 26 Reverse command Multi function Output 10 27 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 02 40 MO8
5. Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning 0 No function 0 oO 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved 05 01 Full load Current of 40 120 of drive s rated current HE O O O O O Motor 1 A x 05 02 na power of Motor 1 0 655 35 HHH O O oO 05 03 Rated speed of Motor 1 0 65535 1710 O Oo Oo O rpm 1710 60Hz 4 poles 1410 50Hz 4 poles 05 04 Number of Motor Poles 1 2 20 4 O o 05 05 No load Current of Motor 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 TB O 1 A 05 06 Stator Resistance Rs of 0 65 535Q HHHH O O o Motor 1 05 07 Rotor Resistance Rr of 0 65 5350 HHHH o O O Motor 1 05 08 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH 24 O O O Lm of Motor 1 05 09 Stator inductance Lx of 0 6553 5mH 324 O O O Motor 1 05 10 Motor 1 Motor 2 1 Motor 1 1 O O O O O Selection 2 Motor 2 05 14 Frequency for Y 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O connection A connection Switch 05 12 Y connection 0 Disable 0 ojojo O A connection Switch 1 Enable 05 13 Full load Current of 40 120 O OIo O Q Motor 2 A w05 14 ws Power of Motor 2 0 655 35 HAF oO O O 05 15 Rated Speed of Motor 2 0 65535 1710 3 Oo O oO rpm 05 16 Number of Motor Poles 2 2 20 4 O C o 05 17 No load Current of Motor 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 HHH O 2 A 05 18 Stator Resistance Rs of 0 65 535Q HHH O oO O Motor 2 05 19 Rotor Resistance Rr of 10 65 5350 HHH O O oO
6. x Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 44 Max reel diameter attained L 45 Empty reel diameter attained O 46 Broken belt detection Q 47 Break release at stop 48 Error PID feedback of tension O 49 Reserved 50 Reserved 02 15 Multi output Direction 0 65535 0 O 02 16 Teminal Count Value 0 65535 0 Oo Preliminary Counter 0 Oo M 02 17 Value 0 65535 02 18 Digital Output Gain 1 40 1 Ol olo Desired Frequency E 60 007 O O O O 02 19 Attained 1 0 00 600 00Hz 50 00 The Width of the Desired E 200 JO OJOJ O 02 20 Frequency Attained 1 0 00 600 00Hz Desired Frequency m oO 02 21 Attained 2 0 00 600 00Hz The Width of the Desired O 102 22 Frequency Attained 2 0 00 600 00Hz 02 31 Brake Delay Time 0 000 65 000 Sec o TO Output Current Level O O 02 32 Setting for External 0 100 Terminals Output Boundary for 3 am i 0 00 O OIO O O M 02 33 External Terminals 0 00 60 00Hz it is motor speed when using PG External Operation mm 0 O10 O O M O2 34 Control Selection after 0 Disable Reset 1 Drive runs if run command exists after reset Zero speed Level of 0 Oo O Q x 02 43 Motor 0 65535 rpm 4 8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Chapter 4 Parameters Vz http www automatedp
7. Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year T Gc I any abnormal seund Visual and aural inspection O or vibration If there are any loose screws Tighten the screws O 6 8 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 757 al Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If any part is deformed or A damaged Visual inspection O If there is any color change by Visual inspection o overheating P If there is any dust or dirt Visual inspection O Main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there are any loose or missing Screws Tighten or replace the screw O If machine or insulator is 3 deformed cracked damaged or Visual Inspection with color change due to NOTE Please ignore the color 9 a change of copper plate overheating or ageing If there is any dust or dirt Visual inspection O Terminals and wiring of main circ u t Maintenance Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If the terminal or the plate is color change or deformati
8. Ww H n mm inch mm inch 1 5HP 50 2 150 6 7 5 20HP 75 3 175 7 25 75HP 75 3 200 8 100HP and above 75 3 250 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 1 5 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 17 1 al Ng 1 Operating storing or transporting the AC motor drive outside these conditions may cause damage to the AC motor drive 2 Failure to observe these precautions may void the warranty 3 Mount the AC motor drive vertically on a flat vertical surface object by screws Other directions are not allowed 4 The AC motor drive will generate heat during operation Allow sufficient space around the unit for heat dissipation 5 The heat sink temperature may rise to 90 C when running The material on which the AC motor drive is mounted must be noncombustible and be able to withstand this high temperature 6 When AC motor drive is installed in a confined space e g cabinet the surrounding temperature must be within 10 40 C with good ventilation DO NOT install the AC motor drive in a space with bad ventilation 7 When installing multiple AC more drives in the same cabinet they should be adjacent in a row with enough space in between When installing one AC motor drive below another one use a metal separation between the AC motor drives to prevent mutual heating 8 Prevent
9. 4 32 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Vz Group 5 Motor Parameters T Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning 0 No function 0 Q O 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved 05 01 Full load Current of 40 100 THE O O gt Q Motor 1 M 05 02 Rated power of Motor 1 0 655 35 Ht 05 03 Rated speed of Motor 1 0 65535 1710 O Is rpm 1710 60Hz 4 poles 1410 50Hz 4 poles Group 6 Protection Parameters New setting 0 for Pr 06 01 new settings 64 65 for Pr 06 17 Pr 06 22 and new parameters 06 32 06 36 F Factor Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 06 01 Over voltage Stall 0 0 Disable Prevention 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Recent 2 Over current during deceleration ocd 0 Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent Fault 5 IGBT short circuit occ 0 Record 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 0 Fault Record 9 Over voltage du
10. 02 11 14 4 02 31 Brake Delay Time Unit 0 001 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 000 Settings 0 000 65 000 Sec Ea When the AC motor drive runs after Pr 02 31 delay time the corresponding multi function output terminal 12 mechanical brake release will be ON It is recommended to use this function with DC brake 4 A frequency v command 07 02 i A 1 1 07 03 i DCbrake DC brake time during i i time during start up BA stopping M 4 Output i z frequency Sa Y DC brake RUN STOP RUN STOP i 02 31brake delaytime i i Multi func tion output po i i mechanical brake release x Pr 02 11to 02 14 12 bounce timeof mechanical brake Mechanical brake byaked release braked Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 91 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J gq If this parameter is used without DC brake it will be invalid Refer to the following operation timing A x zero A zero frequency speed speed command 5 i j a o B A output i V frequency i RUN RUN STOP i ENN STOP Multi function output i i i mechanical brake release Pr 02 11 to 02 14 12 brake release brake mechanical brake Time 02
11. ss B 40 B 10 1 F nctloris cuiii tiere eet eere eH pereo aeiaai B 40 B 10 2 DIMENSIONS apii etos a B 42 B 410 3 Wirihng incerto E E DAS ES MR SH Eu B 42 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive C 1 C 1 Capacity Formulas si ere rere ee p ue Res C 1 C 2 General Precaution 1 cnet denen denne C 3 C 3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor C 5 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction The AC motor drive should be kept in the shipping carton or crate before installation In order to retain the warranty coverage the AC motor drive should be stored properly when it is not to be used for an extended period of time Storage conditions are Ng Store in a clean and dry location free from direct sunlight or corrosive fumes Store within an ambient temperature range of 10 C to 40 C Store within a relative humidity range of 0 to 90 and non condensing environment Store within an air pressure range of 86 kPA to 106kPA Ew esp o DO NOT place on the ground directly It should be stored properly Moreover if the surrounding environment is humid you should put exsiccator in the package 6 DO NOT store in an area with rapid changes in temperature It may cause condensation and frost 7 If the AC motor drive is stored for more than 3 months the temperature should not be higher than 30
12. bit3 bit2 bit1 bitO MO2 MO1 RA MRA Be 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 4 0 1 0 1 5 0 1 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 T 1 0 0 0 8 1 0 0 1 9 1 0 1 0 10 1 0 1 1 11 1 1 0 0 12 1 1 0 1 13 1 1 1 0 14 1 1 1 1 15 02 16 A Terminal Count Value Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 Ea The counter trigger can be set by the multi function terminal MI6 set Pr 02 06 to 23 Upon completion of counting the specified output terminal will be activated Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 17 Ea When the display shows c5555 the drive has counted 5 555 times If display shows c5555e it means that real counter value is between 55 550 to 55 559 E X Preliminary Count Value Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 Ea When the counter value reaches this value the corresponding multi function output terminal will be activated provided one of Pr 02 11 to 02 14 set to 18 Preliminary Count Value Setting This parameter can be used for the end of the counting to make the drive runs from the low speed to stop Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 89 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Display value 8868 cB t EEH c8863 cBG04 8605 cBBD 1 coe p t 0msec ke 00 04 01 TRG 02 06 23 Counter Trigger 8000 g
13. position Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Bal Settings Functions Descriptions Run Stop 1011 11 1010 10 corresponds corresponds to to Pr 04 25 Pr 04 24 Ml d1 33 0 0 MI d2 d 4 i4 MI d3 9 o 19 Ml d4 1 1 4 Ml d36 v 4 Writing the motorposition Writing the motor position into the Pr 04 25 Into the PEOd 24 When Pr 00 20 is set to 4 or 5 and this contact is ON the input pulse of PG card is position command When using this function it is recommended to set Pr 10 23 to 0 Example When it is used with Ml d35 for returning home please refer to the following diagram RUN Ml d35 Enable pulse position MO d39 sit MM 37 i input command i Ml d37 pulse HEY Jn 7 command 4 gt internal positioning output i frequency Time gg Disable write EEPROM When this contact is ON you can t write into EEPROM function 39 Torque command When the torque command source is AVI or ACI and this direction contact is ON it is negative torque Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 79 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 Al Settings Functions Descriptions When this contact is ON during operation the drive
14. 1 2 B1 B2 Models Wire Torque Wire Type VFD055V23A 2 VFD075V23A 2 12 8 AWG 30kgf cm Stranded VFD110V43B 2 3 3 8 4mm 26in Ibf coppa eny VFD055V43A 2 VFD075V43A 2 In o Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 2 9 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring Frame D Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 TERES vos j A Models Wire Torque Wire Type E VFD110V23A 2 VFD110V43A 2 VFD150V43A 2 VFD150V23A 2 g2AWG 30kg cm _ Stranded VFD185V23A 2 8 4 33 6mm 26in Ibf occid VFD185V43A 2 VFD220V43A 2 VFD220V23A 2 Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 Models Wire Torque Wire Type VFD300V43A 2 57kgf cm VFD370V43A 2 49in Ibf VFD450V43A 2 ere rande 4 2 AWG VFD300V23A 2 2 copper 21 2 33 6mm only 75 C VFD370V23A 2 200kgf cm L VFD550V43C 2 173in Ibf um VFD750V43C 2 To connect 6 AWG 13 3 mm wires use Recognized Ring Terminals 2 4 Control Terminals 2 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05
15. 3 Send RESET command by communication gt Iram Make sure that RUN command or signal is OFF before executing RESET to prevent damage or personal injury due to immediate operation 6 6 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 7 37 6 2 Maintenance and Inspections Modern AC motor drives are based on solid state electronics technology Preventive maintenance is required to operate this AC motor drive in its optimal condition and to ensure a long life It is recommended to have a check up of the AC motor drive performed by a qualified technician Daily Inspection Basic check up items to detect if there were any abnormalities during operation are Whether the motors are operating as expected Whether the installation environment is abnormal Whether the cooling system is operating as expected Whether any irregular vibration or sound occurred during operation Whether the motors are overheating during operation mom fo hy Always check the input voltage of the AC drive with a Voltmeter Periodic Inspection Before the check up always turn off the AC input power and remove the cover Wait at least 10 minutes after all display lamps have gone out and then confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring the voltage between 1 2 and The voltage bet
16. EZ Maximum Torque Command Unit 1 Control rocpg Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 0 to 500 LI This parameter is for the max torque command motor rated torque is 100 Q According to the formula of motor rated torque T N M L9 where P o is Pr 05 W rad s 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM adis 60x27 LZ M Filter Time of Torque Command Unit 0 001 Control rocpg Factory Setting 0 000 mode Settings 0 000 to 1 000 sec gq When the setting is too long the control will be stable but the control response will be delay When the setting is too short the response will be quickly but the control maybe unstable User can adjust the setting by the control and response situation EZ Speed Limit Selection Control TOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 By Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 1 Frequency command source Pr 00 20 Ea The function of speed limit In the torque control mode TQCPG when the torque command is larger than the load it will be changed to speed control mode while the motor speed is accelerated to speed limit setting Pr 07 24 Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 to prevent the motor from continuous acceleration 4 130 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 torque torque A A motor motor I speed y speed 07 25 00 20 07 26 07 26 Pr 07 24 0 Pr 07 24 1 When itis forward runni
17. No Connect correctly Check if the setting oftorque compensation is correct Motor is locked due to large load please reduce load For example if there is a brake check if itis released No Increase the setting of torque compensation Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 5 6 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 7 37 5 10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed Motor can run but cannot change speed k d 7 Yes Check if the setting of the Modify the setting j max frequency is too low No No v If the setting of frequency yes is out of range upper lower Modify the setting bound No Press UP DOWN key Y to see if speed has Yes No any change kd If there is any change If the setting of Yes Pr 04 00 to Pr 04 14 are the same of the signal that sets frequency 0 10V and 4 20mA v No Check if the wiring between No M1 M6 to DCM is correct No x No Check if the wiring of external terminal is correct Yes Connect Yes Y correctly Check if frequency for each step is different Change defective potentiometer If accel decel time Change frequency setting is very lon Please set s
18. aa Parameters 03 03 to 03 11 are used when the source of frequency command is the analog voltage current signal 03 12 A ACI AVI2 Selection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 ACI 1 AVI 2 LH There are two AVI analog inputs can be used when this parameter is set to 1 and the SW2 on the control board is set to AVI2 At this moment ACI is for voltage input EAERI Analog Input Delay Time AVI Unit 0 01 EXP Analog Input Delay Time ACI Unit 0 01 KGE Analog Input Delay Time AUI Unit 0 01 el VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 01 Settings 0 00 to 2 00 sec 4 96 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Ea These input delays can be used to filter noisy analog signal LEX Addition Function of the Analog Input Control VE VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable AVI ACI AUI 1 Enable Ea When Pr 03 16 is set to 0 and the analog input setting is the same the priority for AVI ACI and AUI are AVI gt ACI gt AUI Frequency Voltage tbias aain Emax 01 00 Fcommand ay bias gain 10V or 16mA Fcommand the corresponding frequency for 10V or 20mA ay 10 or 16mA bias Pr 03 03 Pr 03 04 Pr 03 05 gain Pr 03 09 Pr 03 10 Pr 03 11 03 17 M Loss of the ACI Signal Contr
19. 0 1 2 By deceleration Time 2 3 By deceleration Time 3 4 By deceleration Time 4 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Factory Setting 0 4 133 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J 5 System Deceleration 6 Automatic Deceleration ca When the multi function input terminal is set to 10 or 18 and it is ON the AC motor drive will be operated by Pr 07 36 4 134 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Group 8 High function PID Parameters ETE Input Terminal for PID Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings O No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 Ea Negative feedback means target value feedback It is used for the detection value will be increased by increasing the output frequency Ea Positive feedback means target value feedback It is used for the detection value will be decreased by increasing the output frequency AILES Proportiona
20. CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring Circuit diagram for digital inputs SINK current 16mA SINK Mode SOURCE Mode pew 24 4 i perisce den i f Ya i ain TI multi input Fy MuR Input z A i H terminal i i i 1 g i D A a mae c iY ess pee ledescaeit A i ip P5 Uk E P Ay I Eas 1 f t o 3 1 lh curcau cage ui MN esee baog 24V DCM Internal Circuit The Position of the Control Terminals MCM 24V FWD MI1 MI3 MI5 SII Internal Circuit DFM 10V AVI ACM ww ww oS Se Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 MO1 MO2 DCM REV MI2 MI4 MI6 AFM AUI ACI 2 11 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 7 3 al Terminal symbols and functions Terminal N Factory Settings SINK Terminal Function Symbol ON Connect to DCM ON Run in FWD direction FWD Forward Stop Command OFF Stop acc to Stop Method ON Run in REV direction REV Reverse Stop Command OFF Stop acc to Stop Method 24V DC Voltage Source 24VDC 80mA used for SOURCE mode MI1 Multi function Input 1 MI2 Multi function Input 2 7 Refer to Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 for programming MI3 Multi function Inpu
21. Mechanical Gear at Load A1 Unit 1 Mechanical Gear at Motor B1 Unit 1 A Mechanical Gear at Load A2 Unit 1 A Mechanical Gear at Motor B2 Unit 1 Control yepg FOCPG TACPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 1 to 65535 Ea Parameters 10 27 to 10 30 can be used with the multi function input terminal set to 48 to Switch to Pr 10 27 10 28 or Pr 10 29 10 30 as shown as follows PG Driver card Gear Gear I load at oraz G B1 or B2 Moto encoder is used atload side gear ratio Ml 48 ON A2 B2 OFF A1 B1 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 179 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J Group 11 Advanced Parameters In this group APR is short for Adjust Position Regulator ET System Control Control mode FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings BitO Auto tuning for ASR and APR Bit1 Inertia estimate only in FOCPG mode Bit2 Zero Servo Bit3 Reserved Bit4 Enable gain adjustment of position loop KP co 4 180 are invalid Bit 1 0 no function Bit 1 1 Inertia estimate function is enabled Bit 2 0 no function NO Estimate inertia value Bit 0 0 Pr 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 and 11 18 will be valid and Pr 11 02 11 04 and 11 11 Bit 021 system will generate an ASR setting At this moment Pr 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 and Pr 11 18 wi
22. p Response Message of the AC Drive Handling time Response Delay Time of the AC drive Pr 09 09 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 169 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 09 10 A Transmission Master Frequency Unit 0 01 pona VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 00 Settings 0 00 600 00 Hz Ea When Pr 00 20 is set to 1 RS485 communication The AC motor drive will save the last frequency command into Pr 09 10 when abnormal turn off or momentary power loss After re power on it will with the frequency set in Pr 09 10 if there is no new frequency command EMI Block Transfer 1 Unit 1 PAPA Block Transfer 2 Unit 1 EEES v Block Transfer 3 Unit 1 EEEE v Block Transfer 4 Unit 1 UEM Block Transfer 5 Unit 1 EDI Block Transfer 6 Unit 1 I w Block Transfer 7 Unit 1 UEM v Block Transfer 8 Unit 1 EMI v Block Transfer 9 Unit 1 EUM v Block Transfer 10 Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 Ea There is a group of block transfer parameter available in the AC motor drive Pr 09 11 to Pr 09 20 User can use them Pr 09 11 to Pr 09 20 to save those parameters that you want to read 09 24 Multi function Output Status pedi VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 65
23. 14 d axis current 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 15 d axis feedback value 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 16 q axis voltage 250V 500V 210096 17 d axis voltage 250V 500V 100 18 Torque command Rated torque is regarded as 100 4g Pulse frequency Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 100 command Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 172 3 Gain for Analog Output 1 Unit 0 1 Gain for Analog Output 2 need to be used with EMV Unit 0 1 APP01 Gain for Analog Output 3 need to be used with EMV Unit 0 1 APP01 Factory setting 100 0 Contro yr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 0 to 200 0 Ea It is used to adjust the analog voltage level that terminal AFM outputs Ea This parameter is set the corresponding voltage of the analog output 0 XM v Analog Output 1 Value in REV Direction XIX v Analog Output 2 Value in REV Direction ED Analog Output 3 Value in REV Direction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Absolute value in REV direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction 10V 20mA 10V 20mA 10V 20mA v 03 18 03 21 ov 03 24 OV Frequency 5V Frequency 0mA 0mA 12mA 03 20 20 03 2071 03 20 72 03 23 20 03 2371 03 23 22 03 2670 03 2671 03 26 2 Selection
24. CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 3 1 Digital Keypad KPV CE01 3 1 1 Description of the Digital Keypad KPV CE01 Frequency Command Status indicator Output Frequency Status indicator User Defined Units Status indicator JOG Operation Key Press this key to execute the JOG frequency operation MODE Selection Key Press this key to view different operating values Left Key moves cursor to the left LED Display Lans ern n Display frequency current voltage 5 Lat Ll Lu and error etc KPV CE01 e Part Number RUN STOP JOG FWD REV EXTPU Status Display Display of driver status JOG MODE PU gt Parameter Unit Ke Enable the keypad P it can determine the source of RUN STOP Value Modification Key 1 Used on the modification for settings and parameters Right Key POE Moves the cursor right DATA lt FWD REV Direction Key RUN RESET I PROG DATA STOP Used to enter programming parameters RUN ke 7 5 sTOP RESET Display Message Descriptions F DL iwi o LIII Displays the AC drive Master Frequency W T3 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 Displays the actual output frequency present at terminals U T1 V T2
25. CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 3 10H write multiple registers write multiple data to registers Example Set the multi step speed Pr 05 00 50 00 1388H Pr 05 01 40 00 OFAOH AC drive address is 01H ASCII Mode Command message Response message STX A STX d Address 1 0 Address 1 0 Address 0 dq Address 0 Y Function 1 T Function 1 T Function 0 0 Function 0 0 0 T Starting data D Starting data 5 address 0 address 0 ay D oO T Number of data 0 Number of data 0 count by word 0 count by word 0 y gt Number of data 0 E count by byte g LRC Check g T END CR The first data a LF content g g 0 The second data F content A T 9 LRC Check N END UR LF RTU mode Command message Response message Address 01H Address 01H Function 10H Function 10H Starting data 05H Starting data address 05H address 00H 00H Number of data 00H Number of data 00H count by word 02H count by word 02H Number of data 04 CRC Check Low 41H count by byte The first data 13H CRC Check High 04H content 88H The second data OFH content AOH CRC Chec
26. Digital Signal Common DFM output signalselection DFM Switch Make sure that power is OFF before changing the switch setting oc WTP RS 485 serial communication 1 EV 2 GND Forcommunication 3 9G itneedstouse 4 SG VFD USBOT1 IFD8500 5 NC to connect to PC 6 NC Control circuit terminals Shielded leads amp Cable ima NOTE The brake resistor is built into model VFD110V43B Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 2 3 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring V7 37 al Figure 3 Wiring for SINK NPN mode and SOURCE PNP mode SINK NPN Mode 24V Sink FWD STOP S tHsw REV STOP Source t o o0 REV Multi step1 li A MI Multi step2 _ _ T cranial 2 MI2 Multi step3 _ Factory o MI3 setting Multi step4 T na MIA No Function li 9 MI5 n No Function s5 ne Digital Signal Common DCM Don t apply the mains voltage directly to above terminals EO SOURCE PNP Mode Sink 24V FWD STOP Lisw 55 FWD a 4 REV STOP REV Multi step1 o OG MI1 Multi step2 _ O O MI2 Multi step3 Factory T o MI3 setting Multi step4 WA No Function ___ g T MI5 No Function _ 9 MI6 DCM EG Don t apply the mains voltage directly to above terminals ANa
27. FOCPG TaCPG 11 30 Reserved 11 40 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 25 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 4 2 Version Differences 4 2 1 Version 2 02 New or update parameter groups are Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Version 2 02 Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters New settings are marked in bold In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 02 00 to Pr 02 34 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 01 Multi Function Input Command 1 MI1 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection O O itis Stop terminal for 3 wire operation 02 02 Multi Function Input Command 2 MI2 28 Emergency stop EF1 Q 02 03 Multi Function Input Command 3 MI3 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 02 04 Multi Function Input Command 4 MI4 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 02 05 Multi Function Input Command 5 MI5 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 02 06 Multi Function Input Command 6 MI6 TAE p specific terminal for TRG 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 02 23 Multi Function Inpu
28. In conjunction with the magnetic contactor MC prior to the drive it can perform complete protection against abnormality The purpose of installing the thermal overload relay is to protect the brake resistor from damage due to frequent brake or due to brake unit keeping operating resulted from unusual high input voltage Under such circumstance just turn off the power to prevent damaging the brake resistor Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 3 NFB Ps MC R L1 O G R L1 U T1 siL2 6 o e S L2 VIT2 i T me ES TES MAE MOTOR Thermal Overload VFD Series Relay P P BICOL Overload tan NJ AN erate Relay or Sunda Brake a BRResistor temperature Absorber Unit Bo Pd switch ug em Temperature a e dL MUERE IM AIST Oe cara Switch Note1 When using the AC drive with DC reactor please refer to wiring diagram in the AC drive user manual for the wiring of terminal P of Brake unit Note2 Do NOT wire terminal N to the neutral point of power system 10 For model VFD110V43B the brake unit is built in To increase the brake function it can add optional brake unit Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 3 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automate
29. www automatedpt com Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Setting 2 50 00 01 36 1st Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 220 0 C 8 C 8 Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 440 0 2nd Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 50 CI 01 37 Setting 2 2nd Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 oO O 01 38 Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 3rd Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 50 QI O 01 39 Setting 2 3rd Output Voltage 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 01 40 Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 4th Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O OQ 01 41 Setting 2 230V 0 1V 255 0V 0 0 oO 01 42 4th Output Voltage 460V 0 1V 510 0V Setting 2 ee ooo Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 5 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 D VE Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings aud VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 00 2 wire 3 wire Operation 0 FWD STOP REV STOP 0 O oO O Control 1 FWD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout 2 RUN STOP REV FWD 3 RUN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 4 3 wire momentary push button 5 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout 02 01 Multi Function Input 0 no function xl Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed com
30. 0 Settings 0 Enable AVR 1 Disable AVR 2 Disable AVR when deceleration stop Ea It is used to select the AVR mode AVR is used to regulate the output voltage to the motor For example if V f curve is set to AC200V 50Hz and the input voltage is from 200 to 264VAC the output voltage won t excess AC200V 50Hz If the input voltage is from 180 to 200V the output voltage to the motor and the input voltage will be in direct proportion 4 57 http Awww automatedpt com Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J L3 When setting Pr 00 18 to 1 during ramp to stop and used with auto accel decel function the acceleration will be smoother and faster gq It is recommended to set Pr 00 18 to 0 enable AVR when the control mode is FOCPG or TQCPG 00 19 A Auto Energy saving Operation Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable gq When the Auto Energy saving function is enabled the drive will operate with full voltage during acceleration and deceleration At constant speed the AC drive will calculate the optimal output voltage value for the load It is possible for the output voltage to be 25 below Maximum Output Voltage during auto energy saving operation This function should not be used with variable loads or continuous rated output loads When output frequency is constant i
31. 08 76 Source of Tension Setting 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 0 O 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 08 77 Max Tension 0 30000 N 0 O 08 78 Tension Setting 0 30000 N 0 O 08 79 Source of Zero speed 0 Disable 0 O Tension Setting Communication RS 485 Pr 08 80 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 08 80 Setting of Zero speed 0 30000 N 0 2 Tension 08 81 Source of Tension Taper 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 0 O 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 08 82 Tension Taper 0 100 0 O 08 83 Friction Compensation 0 0 100 0 0 0 O 08 84 Compensation Coefficient 0 30000 0 of Material Inertial 08 85 Torque Feedforward Gain 0 0 100 0 50 0 O 08 86 Low Pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 5 00 J Torque Feedforward 08 87 Reserved MU 4 20 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Group 9 Communication Parameters http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Vz A Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Communication 1 254 1 O O O O 09 00 Address x09 01 COM1 Transmission 4 8 115 2Kbps 9 6 O Oo O Speed x09 02 COM1 Transmission 0 Warn and keep operation 3 O O O D Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop 3 No warning and keep operation COM1 Time out 0 0 10
32. 17 d axis voltage O O 18 Torque command O 19 Pulse frequency command O x 03 19 d for Analog Output 0 200 0 1000 O O Q 03 20 Analog Output 1 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O Q O in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction w 03 22 Sain for Analog Output 0 200 0 100 0 O O c O oO 03 23 Analog Output 2 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O Oo O O in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction 03 25 oo for Analog Output 0 200 0 100 0 O O O Oo 03 26 Analog Output 3 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O e QO Q in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction 4 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters VZ http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings EH VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 04 00 1st Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C Q Oo O Frequency 04 01 2nd Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O Frequency M 04 02 3rd Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O Oo Oo Frequency 04 03 4th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 Oo Frequency x 04 04 5th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O O Frequency x04 05 6th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O
33. 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit 11 PID feedback signal of tension 12 Line speed 13 Reel diameter 14 PID target value of tension tension closed O loop 15 Tension setting tension open loop 16 Zero speed tension 17 Tension taper Analog Output Selection 0 Output frequency Hz 0 C Frequency command Hz Motor speed Hz Output current rms Output voltage DC Bus Voltage Power factor Power Output torque 9 AVI S 10 ACI 11 AUI 12 q axis current 9 13 q axis feedback value 14 d axis current o 15 d axis feedback value 16 q axis voltage O 17 d axis voltage 18 Torque command 19 Pulse frequency command O Analog Output Gain 2 0 200 0 100 0 O Analog Output Value in 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O REV Direction 2 utput 0V in REV direction Enable output voltage in REV direction Analog Output Gain 3 0 200 0 100 0 O O Analog Output Value in 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O REV Direction 3 utput 0V in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction 03 18 Analog Output 703 21 selection 2 Analog Output 103 24 Selection 3 e 3 o orz e me 2 AN 03 22 A 03 23 AN 03 25 A 03 26
34. 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction Input Terminal for PID 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 a C 3 08 00 Feedback 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI 0 d s Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 43 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters p T Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Tension Control 0 Disable 0 O 08 21 j T Selection 1 Tension closed loop speed mode O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode OJ O O Oo 3 Reserved 4 Tension open loop torque mode 08 22 Wind Mode 0 Rewind 0 Q Oo O 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear A 1 65535 100 O O Q O O at Reel 08 24 Mechanical Gear B 1 65535 100 O O o O D at Motor Proportional Gain 1 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O Q O 70879 of Tension PID P 08 30 Integral Time of 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 OQ O C Tension PID I Proportional Gain 2 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O C O 70932 of Tension PID P 08 33 Integral Time 2 of 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 Si C Tension PID I 08 36 Tension Line Speed 0 100 00 20 00 Q O PID Output Limit Pulse Number for 0 0 6000 0 pulse m 0 0 O O O O 08 40 Each Meter 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O
35. 2 4 setting 0 20mA mj 0 10V Estes a dcdit http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 for models of VFD VE Series 20HP 15kW and above VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 DCchoke brake unit optional optional n VFDB brake resistor optional minus sign Analog Signal Common Analog Multi function Output Terminal AFM analog output selection AFM Switch Make sure that power is OFF before changing the switch setting 0 10V 0 20mA m mm Main circuit power terminals U T1 V T2 W T3 a E RB RA RC RB S RC 24V FWD MRA REV MI MRC MI2 MO1 MI3 Yi MI4 m MIS MO2 MI6 CE 2 DCM MCM JE _ DFM IOV ao ower supply wo 10V 20mA NX AVI Master Frequency DCM Oto 10V 47k ACI 4 20mA 0 10V 10 10V ACM AFM 0 10VDC 2mA inti ACM utt Analog Signal common Multi function contact output 1 relay factory setting fault indication Multi function contact output 2 relay 48VDC 50mA factory setting indicates that itis running Multi function contact output 3 photocoupler Multi function contact output 4 photocoupler Multi function Photocoupler Output Digital Frequency Output Terminal factory setting 1 1 Duty 50 10VDC
36. C Storage longer than one year is not recommended it could result in the degradation of the electrolytic capacitors 8 When the AC motor drive is not used for longer time after installation on building sites or places with humidity and dust it s best to move the AC motor drive to an environment as stated above Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 1 1 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 17 3 1 1 Receiving and Inspection This VFD VE AC motor drive has gone through rigorous quality control tests at the factory before shipment After receiving the AC motor drive please check for the following W Check to make sure that the package includes an AC motor drive the User Manual Quick Start and CD W Inspect the unit to assure it was not damaged during shipment W Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the part number of your order 1 1 1 Nameplate Information Example for 5HP 3 7kW 3 phase 230V AC motor drive p MODE INPUT OUTPUT AC Drive Model Input Spec Output Spec Output Frequency Range VFD037V23A 2 3PH 200 240V 50 60Hz 19 6A 3PH 0 240V 17A 6 5kVA 5HP Freq Range 0 00 600 00Hz ENCLOSURE TYPE 1 TIAE A TT AA N TO DO O T 037V23A2T6360001 Enclosure type Serial Number amp Bar Code 1 1 2 Model Explanation VFD 037
37. Enable multi step position learning function valid at O C stop 37 Enable pulse position input command O O O O 38 Disable write EEPROM function O O O C O 39 Torque command direction O 40 Force stop O O O O O 41 Serial position clock C 42 Serial position input amp 43 Analog input resolution selection Oo 44 Enable initial reel diameter O C Oo 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 O O O e 46 Reset initial reel diameter 2 O O O O O 47 Reset PID control integration of tension Q O oO O 48 Mechanical Gear Ratio Switch O amp 49 Enable Drive O O O O O 50 Reserved Ea This parameter selects the functions for each multi function terminal Ea The terminals of Pr 02 23 Pr 02 27 are virtual and set as MI7 MIB when using with optional card EMV APP01 E If Pr 02 00 is set to 3 wire operation control Terminal MI1 is needed for the 3 wire position Therefore MI1 is not allowed for any other operation Ea Multi function input commands 7 14 are the extension terminals of Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 There are 14 terminals but the terminals 7 14 are virtual terminals and you can set the status of bit 8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 73 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 15 of Pr 02 10 to ON or OFF by KPV CE01 or communication Summary of function settings Take the normally open contact for example ON contact is closed O
38. Fault Name Fault Descriptions bb PcagE Password is locked cE 1 cte External Base Block Illegal function code Illegal data address 00H to 254H Illegal data value Data is written to read only address Communication time out COM1 exceeds Pr 09 03 setting COM2 exceeds Pr 09 07 setting Keypad KPV CE01 communication time out COM1 exceeds Pr 09 03 setting COM2 exceeds Pr 09 07 setting bF Brake resistor fault Y connection A connection switch error When Pr 07 13 is not set to 0 and momentary power off or power cut it will toc display dEb during accel decel stop It will be displayed when slip exceeds Pr 05 26 setting and time exceeds Pr 05 27 setting oSL Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 1 http www automatedpt com VAD VE Corrective Actions When the external input terminal B B is active the AC motor drive output will be turned off Deactivate the external input terminal B B to operate the AC motor drive again Keypad will be locked Turn the power ON after power OFF to re enter the correct password See Pr 00 07 and 00 08 Check if the function code is correct function code must be 03 06 10 63 Check if the communication address is correct Check if the data value exceeds max min value Check if the communication address is correct Check if the wiring for the communication is correct Check if t
39. PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 AT PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb 63 Slip error OSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv A 06 23 Fault Output Option 1 0 65535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 24 Fault Output Option 2 0 65535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 25 Fault Output Option 3 0 65535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 26 Fault Output Option 4 0 65535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 27 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 0 Inverter motor 1 Standard motor n o oj oj o 4 14 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revi
40. Prevention Warning 23 Over voltage Stall Active when the over voltage stall prevention is detected prevention Warning Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 85 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 Settings Functions Descriptions 24 Operation Mode Active when the operation command is controlled by external Indication terminal 25 Forward Command Active when the operation direction is forward 26 Reverse Command Active when the operation direction is reverse Output when Current gt x km 27 Pr 02 32 Active when current is gt Pr 02 32 Output when Current 28 Pr 02 32 Active when current is lt Pr 02 32 Output when frequency 2 etm 29 gt Pr 02 33 Active when frequency is gt Pr 02 33 Output when Frequency 30 lt Pr 02 33 Active when frequency is lt Pr 02 33 31 Y connection for the Active when PR 05 12 is less than PR 05 11 and time is more Motor Coil than Pr 05 30 32 A connection for the Active when PR 05 12 is higher than PR 05 11 and time is Motor Coil more than Pr 05 30 Zero Speed actual Active when the actual output frequency is 0 the drive should 33 output frequency be at RUN mode Zero Speed with Stop 34 actual output Active when the actual output frequency is 0 or Stop frequency Error Output Selection 1 35 Pr
41. Q Oo O Oo 08 46 Initial Reel Diameter 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 OC oO o O oO 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 QI Q Q O O 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O10 O O oO 08 55 Smart Start Function 0 Disable 1 C o O 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 64 Allowance 1 0 6000 0mm 100 0 O O Oo O i Difference of Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection 08 64 Allowance Error 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O Q O i Detection Time of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O O Tension Line Speed 1 Warn and coast to stop PID Feedback 2 Warn and ramp to stop Group 9 Communication Parameters P Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 09 22 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O oO O O O of Analog Output 2 only 09 23 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O D O O of Analog Output 3 only Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters 3 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG X 10 02 Encoder Feedback 0 Warn and keep operation 2 e 2 O Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Detection Time for 0 00 10 0 sec 1 0 O e O 410 03 Encoder Feedback Fault ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O A 10 04 Regulation Control P 1 10 05 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 Regulation Control I 4 44 Revision D
42. T Ln ET When Pr 10 00 is set to 1000 and Pr 10 01 is set to 1 2 the display range for PG feedback will be from 0 to 4000 When Pr 10 00 is set to 1000 and Pr 10 01 is set to 3 4 5 the display range for PG feedback will be from 0 to 1000 Home position If it has Z phase Z phase will be regarded as home position Otherwise home position will be the encoder start up position 2 It can display negative values when setting analog input bias Pr 03 03 03 08 Example 1 assume that AVI input voltage is OV Pr 03 03 is 10 096 and Pr 03 06 is 4 Serve bias as the center the display will be E 335 Example 2 when AUI input voltage is 10V it will display B 3 Example If REV MI1 and MI6 are ON the following table shows the status of the terminals 0 OFF 1 ON 4 50 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7574 Terminal MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10 MI9 MI8 MI7 MI6 MI5 MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 REV FWD Status 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 If REV MI1 and MI6 are ON the value is 0000 0000 1000 0110 in binary and 0086H in HEX When Pr 00 04 is set to 16 or 19 it will display 0086 with LED U is ON on the keypad KPV CE01 The setting 16 is the status of digital input by Pr 02 10 setting and the setting 19 is the corresponding CPU
43. W Y connection is finished A connection control Pr 02 01 06 29 Pr 02 11 14 32 OM IZ gaO 3 ol ol IM Y connection control Pr 02 11 14 31 ds a X Y Z oo O O O OO O Y connection confirmation input If switch point is 60Hz Z the accel switch point is 62Hz Decel switch point is 58Hz IPr 05 30 Delay Time for Y connection JD connection Min is 0 2 seconds by load inertia Pr 05 11 fi Z Y A switch ee ee See 7 RI x frequency H n this area motor is in free Bandwidth is 2Hz run status AC motor drive h P Motor speed stops outputting Mio paed will frequency T r i Y connection output ON Pr 02 11 14 31 Y conenction boll Pr 02 11 14 29 confirmation input A connection output Pr 02 11 14 32 t ON A connection ON confirmation input Pr 02 11 14 30 H mechanical bounce time Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 105 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J free run status 1 ee output DESEE e frequency Eu Y connection output Pr 02 11 14 31 ON Y connection confirmation input ON 1 Pr 02 01 06 29 A connection output Pr 02 11 14 32 v connection pa I I I li I w con
44. command command control Speed speed speed mode control torque control torque control control control decel to stop Switch timing for torq ue speed control 00 10 3 4 mutti functioninputterminal is set to26 When the contact is ON speed will be adjusted by ASR 2 27 _ ASR1 ASR2 selection setting OFF speed will be adjusted by ASR 1 setting Refer to Pr 10 08 for details When the contact is ON the drive will execute emergency stop 28 Emergency stop EF1 gency Siop it will have fault code record Signal confirmation for Y 29 When is the contact is ON the drive will operate by 1st V f connection go Signal confirmation for wien the contact is ON the drive will operate by 2nd Vif A connection High torque bias by 31 Pr 07 29 Refer to Pr 07 27 07 31 for details 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 Enable multi ste When the contact is ON the corresponding 15 step speed for 34 position control P the multi function inputs 1 4 will be 15 positions Refer to Pr 04 15 to Pr 04 29 4 76 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 3 Settings Functions Descriptions speed mode position mode speed mode Run Mi d35 Mi d34 Mi d1 o Mawo MI d2 EL m 0 jn
45. time Ath decel time 0 1 2 3 3rd decel time 4 5 Current decel time 6 Auto decel time Ea This parameter is used for the decel time selection for momentary power loss EZ A DEB Return Time Unit 0 1 puli VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 25 0 sec Ea The DEB Deceleration Energy Backup function is the AC motor drive decelerates to stop after momentary power loss When the momentary power loss occurs this function can be used for the motor to decelerate to 0 speed with deceleration stop method When the power is on again motor will run again after DEB return time Ea Status 1 Insufficient power supply due to momentary power loss unstable power due to low voltage sudden heavy load DC BUS voltage it doesn t need multi function terminals The level for DEB return time Lv 30V 58V XA L L The level for soft start relay to be ON Lv 30 power side Modine tf j i i Output frequency Pr 07 13 Decel time selection for Md f momentary power loss PN Pod 1 DEB return time mmm Prig When Pr 07 14 is set to 0 the AC motor drive will be stopped and won t re start at the power on again Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 127 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters ZZY Ea Status 2 unexpected power off such as momentary power loss DC BUS voltage
46. 0 10V sil m Range 0 10V 0 20mA Function Pr 03 18 0 20ma xn Switch AFM switch factory setting is 0 id 10V Analog control signal ACM common Common for AVI ACI AUI AFM Control signal wiring size 18 AWG 0 75 mm with shielded wire Analog input terminals AVI ACI AUI ACM W Analog input signals are easily affected by external noise Use shielded wiring and keep it as short as possible lt 20m with proper grounding If the noise is inductive connecting the shield to terminal ACM can bring improvement m Ifthe analog input signals are affected by noise from the AC motor drive please connect a capacitor and ferrite core as indicated in the following diagrams AVI ACI AUI ACM ferrite core wind each wires 3 times or more around the core Digital inputs FWD REV MI1 MI6 DCM W When using contacts or switches to control the digital inputs please use high quality components to avoid contact bounce Digital outputs MO1 MO2 MCM W Make sure to connect the digital outputs to the right polarity see wiring diagrams W When connecting a relay to the digital outputs connect a surge absorber or fly back diode across the coil and check the polarity 2 14 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring ZZA General W Keep control wiring as far as possible from the power
47. 00 10 00sec 020 O A 06 31 Group 8 High function PID Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 08 00 to Pr 08 15 4 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Filter Time for PID Feedback 0 1 300 0 sec 50 O OJO O A 08 15 Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 10 00 to Pr 10 28 Pr Explanation Settings ETE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 10 28 PG Mechanical Gear B1 1 5000 100 e O O 4 28 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Group 11 Advanced Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 11 00 to Pr 11 30 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 6 0 JO O JO Q O 11 10 Reserved 11 18 Reserved 11 28 Accumulative Operation Time of Phase ee 3 x 11 29 floss 0 65535 hour 0 jojojolol o 11 30 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 4 2 2 Version 2 04 New or update parameter groups are Group 0 System Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control P
48. 00 600 00Hz 2 00 O x 08 58 Accel Time for Smart Start 0 01 600 00 seconds 3 00 9 08 59 Broken Belt Detection 0 Disable 0 O 1 Enable Min Line Speed of Broken 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O O O 08 60 f Belt Detection 08 61 Allowance Difference of 1 0 6000 0mm 100 0 O O G B Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection Detection Time of Broken 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 O O C 08 62 Belt 08 63 Allowance Error Level of 0 100 100 D O C 7 Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 08 64 Allowance Error Detection 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 oO O Time of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com 4 19 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters d CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com E Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O O Tension Line Speed PID 1 Warn and coast to stop Feedback 2 Warn and ramp to stop 08 66 Upper Limit of Tension PID 0 0 100 0 100 0 O O Q O Feedback 08 67 Lower Limit of Tension PID 0 0 100 0 0 0 O O O Q O Feedback 08 68 Reserved 08 69 DFM Selection 0 Output frequency 0 QO O O O oO 1 Frequency command 08 70 Low pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 0 00 OI Oo O oO Line Speed 08 71 Reserved 08 75
49. 00 O O Accel MOT T Dwell Time at Decel 0 00 600 00sec 0 00 O 07 18 Dwell Frequency at 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O Decel 07 19 Fan Control 0 Fan always ON 0 O O O O O 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF 07 20 Torque Command 100 0 100 0 Pr 07 22 setting 100 0 0 WO7 21 Torque Command 0 Digital keypad 0 Source 1 RS485 serial communication RJ 11 2 Analog signal Pr 03 00 M07 22 Maximum Torque 0 500976 100 O Command w 07 23 Filter Time of Torque 0 000 1 000 sec 0 000 O Command 07 24 Speed Limit Selection 0 By Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 0 Oo Frequency command source Pr 00 20 07 25 Torque Mode Speed 0 120 10 oO Limit MOT 26 Torque Mode Speed 0 120 10 O Limit 4 16 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters x T Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 07 27 Source of Torque 0 Disable 0 O O O Offset 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 2 Torque offset setting 3 Control by external terminal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 07 28 Torque Offset Setting 0 0 100 096 0 0 D 07 29 High Torque Offset 0 0 100 0 30 0 G 07 30 Middle Torque Offset 0 0
50. 00 to 600 00Hz 08 11 X Wake up Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz E Sleep Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0sec Ea These parameters determine sleep functions of the AC drive If the command frequency falls below the sleep frequency for the specified time in Pr 08 12 then the drive will shut off the output and wait until the command frequency rises above Pr 08 11 Please see the below diagram 4 138 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 373 Frequency command l 08 10 2 l Sleep frequency I ONG to i 1 7 1 lt sleep timo m OHz l 1 08 12 Sleep Function 08 13 A PID Deviation Level Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 10 0 mode Settings 1 0 to 50 096 08 14 A PID Deviation Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 5 0 mode Settings 0 1 to 300 0 sec Dg M Filter Time for PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 5 0 mode Settings 0 1 to 300 0 sec Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved EZI Tension Control Selection Settings 0to4 Factory Setting 0 Settings Co
51. 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories B 1 All Brake Resistors amp Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives Note Please only use DELTA resistors and recommended values Other resistors and values will void Delta s warranty Please contact your nearest Delta representative for use of special resistors For instance in 460V series 100hp 75kW the AC motor drive needs 2 brake units with total of 16 brake resistors so each brake unit uses 8 brake resistors The brake unit should be at least 10 cm away from AC motor drive to avoid possible interference Refer to the Brake Unit Module User Manual for further details Applicable Resistor value Brake Unit Min Equivalent E me ducum spec for each Model VFDB BA Repor xt Resistor Value for 9 n kW Nm AC Motor No of Units Units Used 10 ED each AC Motor gt p Drive Used Drive 1 0 75 0 427 80W 2000 BRO80W200 1 125 820 2 1 5 0 849 300W 1000 BR300W100 1 125 820 3 22 1 262 300W 1000 BR300W100 1 125 820 5 3 7 2 080 400W 40 BR400W040 1 125 330 E CORES 3 111 500W 300 BR500W030 1 125 300 a 10 7 5 4 148 1000W 200 BR1K0WO20 1 125 200 e 39 ii 6 186 2400W 13 60 2015 1 BR1K2W6P8 2 125 13 6Q amp 20 15 8 248 3000W 10Q 2015 1 BR1K5W005 2 125 10 25 18 5 10 281 4800W 8Q 2022
52. 05 3 3 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up I2 V4 To copy parameters 1 Copy parameters from the AC Motor Drive to the KPV CE01 gt about 2 3 seconds S 1 mE E 4 E gt i Gae I GEA start blinking It will display End to indicate that the first parameter is saved then return to EAdO start blinking It will display End to indicate that the second parameter is saved then return to rEAd1 about 2 3 seconds To copy parameters 2 Copy parameters from the KPV CE01 to the AC Motor Drive E P n A c OMEN DA gt z S start blinking It will display End to indicate that about 2 3 seconds the first parameter is saved then return to SAvEv SRZD EMF FA start blinking It will display End to indicate that about 2 3 seconds the Second parameter is saved then return to SAvEv Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 3 1 3 Dimension of the Digital Keypad Unit mm inch 73 0 2 87 19 0 0 75 3 1 0 36 S 6 5 0 26 i j i L1 rA ey l jo 3 1 4 Reference Table for the LCD Display of the Digital Keypad
53. 1 The wiring of main circuit and control circuit should be separated to prevent erroneous actions 2 Please use shield wire for the control wiring and not to expose the peeled off net in front of the terminal 3 Please use the shield wire or tube for the power wiring and ground the two ends of the shield wire or tube 2 2 External Wiring 2 4 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Power Supply FUSE NFB Q Magnetic contactor Input AC Line Reactor Zero phase Reactor EMIFilter S L2 R L1 Break resistor optional Break unit optional Break resistor optional Zero phase Reactor OutputAC Line Reactor 2 3 Main Circuit 2 3 1 Main Circuit Connection Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring IU Items Explanations Power Please follow the specific power sup supply requirements shown in ppy Appendix A There may be an inrush current during power up Please check the desde chart of Appendix B and select the Optional correct fuse with rated current Use of an NFB is optional Maanetic Please do not use a Magnetic Me eie contactor as the I O switch of the AC Optional motor drive as it will reduce the P operating life cycle of the AC drive Used to improve the input power factor to r
54. 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 8Q 30 22 12 338 4800W 6 80 2022 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 6 80 40 30 16497 6000W5Q 2015 2 BR1K5W005 4 125 5Q 50 37 20 6 9600W 4 2015 2 BR1K2WO08 8 125 4Q 1 0 75 0 427 80W 7500 BR080W750 1 125 1600 2 1 5 0 849 300W 4000 BR300W400 1 125 1600 3 2 2 1 262 300W 2500 BR300W250 1 125 1600 5 3 7 2 080 400W 1500 BR400W150 1 125 1300 oases 3 111 500W 100Q BR500W100 1 125 910 a 10 7 5 4 148 1000W 750 BR1K0WO075 1 125 620 iE 250 Ed 6 186 1000W 50Q 4030 1 BR1KOWO50 1 125 39Q 20 15 8 248 1500W 40Q 4030 1 BR1K5W040 1 125 409 25 18 5 10 281 4800W 320 4030 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 320 30 22 12 338 4800W 27 20 4030 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 27 20 40 30 16 497 6000W 20Q 4030 1 BR1K5WO005 4 125 200 50 37 20 6 9600W 16Q 4045 1 BR1K2W008 8 125 160 60 45 24 745 9600W 13 60 4045 1 BR1K2W6P8 8 125 13 60 1 Ss 31 11 12000W 100 4030 2 BRIK5WOO5 8 125 10Q 100 75 42 7 19200W 6 80 4045 2 BRIK2W6P8 16 125 6 80 Prig Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 1 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories Zz 1 2 B 2 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Please select the factory setting resistance value Watt and the duty cycle value ED If damage to the drive or other equipment are due to the fact that the brake resistors and the brake
55. 100 0 20 0 O M07 31 Low Torque Offset 0 0 100 0 10 0 O w07 32 ubi Motor Torque 0 500 200 9 Forward Regenerative 0 500 200 O w 07 33 Torque Limit w07 34 poe Motor Torque 0 500 200 Q O Reverse Regenerative 0 500 200 O oO 01 35 Torque Limit 07 36 Emergency Stop EF 0 Coast stop 0 oO O O O O amp Forced Stop 1 By deceleration Time 1 Selection 2 By deceleration Time 2 3 By deceleration Time 3 4 By deceleration Time 4 5 System Deceleration 6 Automatic Deceleration Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 17 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters CALL NOW 800 985 6929 FD VE Group 8 High function PID Parameters http www automatedpt com z 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip n direction oe oo Kpu Terminal for PID 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 o lo o o o 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 08 01 Proportional Gain P 0 0 500 0 80 0 Q 08 02 Integral Gain I 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 O 08 03 Deri
56. 11 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up IE V4 3 12 3 3 2 3 Step 3 Trial run for FOCPG feedback control Selection for speed feedback card Please refer to Appendix B PG card for selection Delta provides 3 PG cards including EMV PGO01X EMV PG010 and EMV PGO1L for your selection Encoder pulse Pr 10 00 1720000 Encoder Pulse Selection for encoder input type Pr 10 01 0 Disable Encoder Input Type 1 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B Setting leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 5 Single phase input Set it to FOCPG mode Pr 00 10 0 V f Control Control Method 1 V f Control Encoder VFPG 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG Check if the PG feedback card is normal 1 check if the actual output frequency reaches the frequency command 2 When the PG feedback card is abnormal the fault code ore Check if Pr 10 01 is set to 0 Pore Check if the wiring of the
57. 1600V 460VAC input voltage 66 ft 20m 328 ft 100m 1312 ft 400m 230VAC input voltage 1312 ft 400m 1312 ft 400m 1312 ft 400m W For models 5hp 3 7kW and less Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V 1600V 460VAC input voltage 66 ft 20m 165 ft 50m 165 ft 50m 230VAC input voltage 328ft 100m 328ft 100m 328 ft 100m Dra When a thermal O L relay protected by motor is used between AC motor drive and motor it may malfunction especially for 460V series even if the length of motor cable is only 165 ft 50m or less To prevent it please use AC reactor and or lower the carrier frequency Pr 00 17 PWM carrier frequency gt hea Never connect phase lead capacitors or surge absorbers to the output terminals of the AC motor drive W If the length is too long the stray capacitance between cables will increase and may cause leakage current It will activate the protection of over current increase leakage current or not insure the correction of current display The worst case is that AC motor drive may damage W f more than one motor is connected to the AC motor drive the total wiring length is the sum of the wiring length from AC motor drive to each motor B 32 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU B 9 1 Dimensions Dimensions are
58. 19 Decel Time 4 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec bd OJ O O w01 20 JOG Acceleration Time 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec T ep eurer e w01 24 JOG Deceleration Time 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec P OS ee 01 22 JOG Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 600 O Oo 1st 4th Accel decel 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O O 401 23 Frequency S curve for Acceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 0 2 0 0 O O 01 24 Departure Time 1 S curve for Acceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 020001 O O O O 401 25 Arrival Time 2 S curve for Deceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 020001 O O O O 01 26 Departure Time 1 S curve for Deceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 020000 OJO O 401 27 Arrival Time 2 01 28 Skip Frequency 1 upper 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O OJO QO limit 01 29 Skip Frequency 1 lower 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O OJO QO ii limit 01 30 Skip Frequency 2 upper 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O OJO O limit 01 31 Skip Frequency 2 lower 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O O limit 01 32 Skip Frequency 3 upper 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O O O B limit 01 33 Skip Frequency 3 lower 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O OJO O limit 0 Output Waiting 0 olojo QO 01 34 Med 1 Zero speed operation q y 2 Fmin 4th output frequency setting 01 35 1st Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O Oo 4 4 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http
59. 24 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and MI ON P 25 Display the present reel diameter under the tension control in mm d 26 Display the present line speed under the tension control in m min L 27 Display the present tension setting under the tension control in N T oouoosromv 2oom 00 05 User Defined Coefficient K Digit 4 decimal point number 0 to 3 Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 00 06 Software Version Read only 00 07 Password Input 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 0 to 2 times of wrong password 00 08 Password Set 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 0 No password set or successful input in Pr 00 07 1 Password has been set A 00 09 Energy Saving Gain 10 1000 00 10 4 2 Control Method 0 V f Control 1 V f Control Encoder VFPG 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters http www automatedpt com A x Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 V f curve determined by group 01 0 Ol o 00 11 V f Curve Selection 5 power curve quare curve Constant Variable Torque 0 Constant Torque 150 0 C O jO 00 12 Selection 1 Variable
60. 3 Ea If Pr 09 03 is not set to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad 09 04 A COM1 Communication Protocol Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 0 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 1 gt 1 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 2 gt 2 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 1 gt 3 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 1 gt 4 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 2 gt 5 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 2 gt 6 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 7 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 8 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 9 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 10 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 11 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt 12 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 13 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 14 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 15 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 16 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 17 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt Ea 1 Control by PC or PLC A VFD VE can be set up to communicate on Modbus networks using one of the following modes ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange or RTU Remote Terminal Unit Users can select the desired mode along with the serial port communication protocol in Pr 09 04 Code Description ASCII mode Each 8 bit data is the combina
61. 33 output l current 02 32 and time 02 31 02 31 202 31 It is recommended to be used with Dwell function Pr 07 15 to Pr 07 18 as shown in the following Set 07 16 02 33and Set 07 18 02 33 and output current gt 02 32 output current lt 02 32 07 18 Dwell Freq 07 16 Dwell rat Decel Freq e at Accel E i 07 15 i 07 17 Output Fre i E a Dwell Time at Accel i Dwell Time atDecet Multi function output MO 42 h Activate when 1 02 31 t Fcmd gt 02 33 102 31 Brake Delay Time output current 02 32 Brake Delay Time Time 02 31 i 02 15 Multi output Direction Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 65535 M The setting of this parameter is decimal value M This parameter is set via bit setting If a bit is 1 the corresponding output acts in the opposite way Example If PrO2 11 1 and Pr02 15 0 Relay 1 RA RC is closed when the drive runs and is open when the drive is stopped If PrO2 11 1 and Pr02 15 1 Relay 1 RA RC is open when the drive runs and is closed when the drive is stopped LI Bit setting bit3 bit2 biti bito MO2 MO1 RA MRA WES 0 0 0 0 0 4 88 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3
62. 37 50 80 120 0 4 0 7 45 60 80 120 0 4 0 7 55 75 100 150 0 3 0 45 75 100 130 195 0 2 0 3 B 4 2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value 230V 50 60Hz 3 Phase kW HP is co m UN aaa d Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 8 12 3 5 1 5 2 8 12 1 5 3 2 2 3 12 18 1 25 2 5 3 7 5 18 27 0 8 1 5 5 5 7 5 25 37 5 0 5 1 2 1 5 10 35 52 5 0 4 0 8 11 15 55 82 5 0 25 0 5 15 20 80 120 0 2 0 4 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 11 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Appendix B Accessories 7 37 3 B 12 http www automatedpt com kW HP irm NE Hia und Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 18 5 25 80 120 0 2 0 4 22 30 100 150 0 15 0 3 30 40 130 195 0 1 0 2 37 50 160 240 0 075 0 15 460V 50 60Hz 3 Phase kW HP er BE Um L Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 4 6 9 12 1 5 2 4 6 6 5 9 2 2 3 8 12 5 7 5 3 7 5 12 18 2 5 4 2 5 5 7 5 18 27 1 5 2 5 7 5 10 18 27 1 5 2 5 11 15 25 37 5 1 2 2 15 20 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 18 5 25 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 22 30 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 30 40 80 120 0 4 0 7 37 50 80 120 0 4 0 7 45 60 100 150 0 3 0 45 55 75 130 195 0 2 0 3 75 100 160 240 0 15 0 23 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B
63. 485 cable is disconnected before operation 2 switch the high low baud rate 3 set Pr 09 01 to the corresponding baud rate to finish setting If the RS 485 cable is connected before changing the high low baud rate the communication function will still be invalid even if the communication baud rate Pr 09 01 is changed to the corresponding baud rate and the ERROR indicator is normal Terminals Description POWER Power indicator It will be ON when EMV APP01 connects to the AC motor drive correctly ERROR ERROR indicator It will be ON when EMV APPO01 can communicate with the AC motor drive or it will blink HIGH LOW HIGH set the baud rate to 115200 Baud rate switch for extension card LOW set the baud rate to 9600 B 40 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU Terminals Description 5V Output power 500mA Max GND Analog signal common terminal Imi This GND terminal is only used for 5V terminal on EMV APP01 Please do NOT confuse with DCM terminal SO1 MCM Multi function analog voltage output terminal 0 10 0V output current 2mA Max SO2 MCM Analog output is set by Pr 03 21 and Pr 03 24 MI7 MIB Multi function input terminals Please refer to Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 27 for MI7 GND MIB GND function selection Take terminals MI7 GND for example
64. Accessories 77 373 B 4 3 Applications for AC Reactor Connected in input circuit Application 1 Question When more than one AC motor drive is When applying to one of the AC motor drive connected to the same power one of them is the charge current of capacity may cause ON during operation voltage ripple The AC motor drive may damage when over current occurs during operation Correct wiring M1 reactor Las YY AC motor drive motor M ul m M2 AN b E YY AC motor drive motor ay p Mn ME AOA ul t AC motor drive motor XS Application 2 Question Silicon rectifier and AC motor drive is Surges will be generated at the instant of connected to the same power silicon rectifier switching on off These surges may damage the mains circuit B 13 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Appendix B Accessories 77 37 3 Correct wiring http Awww automatedpt com silicon rectifier power reactor Va a CON AMA A DC a dod AC motor drive reactor i NA 4d a zx ae Application 3 Question Used to improve the input power factor to reduce harmonics and provide protection from AC line disturbances surges switching spikes short interruptions etc AC line reactor should be installed when the power supply capacity is 5 00kVA or m
65. Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 LH Pr 08 76 08 86 are valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 4 80 When Pr 08 76 is set to 0 Pr 08 78 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan or text panel PLC product TP series via communication Ea When Pr 08 76 is set to 1 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 Pr 08 78 will display the tension setting 08 77 Max Tension Unit 1 Control tocpe Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N EZ X Tension Setting Unit 1 Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N Ea Pr 08 78 will be read only when Pr 08 76 is set to 1 The analog input 10V corresponds to Pr 08 77 08 79 Source of Zero speed Tension Setting Contro rocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 80 4 154 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 Ea When Pr 08 79 is set to 1 Pr 08 80 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan text panel PLC product TP series via communication Ea When Pr 08 79 is set to 2 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 16 Pr 08 80 only displays tension setting 08 80 M Setting of Zero speed Tension Unit 1 Control to cpG Factory Se
66. Brake resistor Optional 1 2 B1 B2 R L1 U T1 Motor S L2 v T2 Hd T L3 W T3 E a E vFDB BM Brake resistor Cae PI optional 1 2 E Mot R L1 U T1 a S L2 v T2 IM T L3 W T3 9e E eb E Terminal Symbol Explanation of Terminal Function R L1 S L2 T L3 AC line input terminals 1 phase 3 phase U T1 V T2 W T3 AC drive output terminals for connecting 3 phase induction motor 1 42 Connections for DC Choke optional 2 B1 B2 Connections for Brake Resistor optional 2 2 B1 Connections for External Brake Unit VFDB series Earth connection please comply with local regulations 2 6 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring UU Mains power terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 W Connect these terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 via a no fuse breaker or earth leakage breaker to 3 phase AC power some models to 1 phase AC power for circuit protection It is unnecessary to consider phase sequence E It is recommended to add a magnetic contactor MC in the power input wiring to cut off power quickly and reduce malfunction when activating the protection function of AC motor drives Both ends of the MC should have an R C surge absorber W Please make sure to fasten the screw of the main cir
67. Down command 21 PID function disabled 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection 28 Emergency stop EF1 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable multi step position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 4 6 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters B d CALL NOW 800 985 6929 T T Factory Pr Explanation Setting
68. Factory setting 0 Up down by the accel decel time 1 Up down constant speed Pr 02 08 02 with Constant Speed Contro yp vFpG svc mode Settings 08 The Acceleration Deceleration Speed of the UP DOWN Key Unit 0 01 FOCPG Factory setting 0 01 0 01 1 00Hz ms Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 81 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Ea These settings are used when multi function input terminals are set to 19 20 02 09 Digital Input Response Time Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 005 Settings 0 001 30 000 sec Ea This parameter is used for digital input terminal signal delay and confirmation The delay time is confirmation time to prevent some uncertain interferences that would result in error except for the counter input in the input of the digital terminals FWD REV and MI1 6 Under this condition confirmation for this parameter could be improved effectively but the response time will be somewhat delayed LEX X Digital Input Operation Direction Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 B L The setting of this parameter is decimal value B L This parameter is used to set the input signal level and it won t be affected by the SINK SOURCE status Q BitO is for FWD terminal bit1 is for REV terminal and
69. FocPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 350 0 450 0Vdc Factory Setting 380 0 460V series 700 0 900 0Vdc Factory Setting 760 0 0 0 disable when brake resistor used During deceleration the DC bus voltage may exceed its Maximum Allowable Value due to motor regeneration When this function is enabled the AC motor drive will not decelerate further and keep the output frequency constant until the voltage drops below the preset value again Deceleration characteristic when Over Voltage Stall Prevention enabled output frequency Frequency Held 4 time MES deceleration time 4 110 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 M Phase loss Protection Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop E It is used to set the phase loss treatment The phase loss will effect driver s control characteristic and life EJ X Over Current Stall Prevention during Acceleration Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 170 mode Settings 00 250 100 drive s rated current Ea During acceleration the AC drive output current may increase abruptly and exceed the value specified by Pr 06 03 due to rapid acceleration or excessive load on the motor When this function is enabled the A
70. IDE nputSelection Y req ofthe PID Feedback 08 02 ene out put 3 08 00 AVI ACI 0 08 04 AUIIBG Integral Time upper Whit command Integral 08 09 Treatmentofthe Feedback Signal Faut If Hz gt 08 05 time exce eds 08 08 PI Control controlled by the P action only and thus the deviation cannot be eliminated entirely To eliminate residual deviations the P control will generally be utilized And when the PI control is utilized it could eliminate the deviation incurred by the targeted value changes and the constant external interferences However if the action is excessively powerful it will delay the responding toward the swift variation The P action could be used solely on the loading system that possesses the integral components PD Control when deviation occurred the system will immediately generate some operation load that is greater than the load generated single handedly by the D action to restrain the increment of the deviation If the deviation is small the effectiveness of the P action will be decreasing as well The control objects include occasions with integral component loads which are controlled by the P action only and sometimes if the integral component is functioning the whole system will be vibrating On such occasions in order to make the P action s vibration subsiding and the system stabilizing the PD control could be utilized In other words this control is good for use with loadings with no brake fun
71. Motor 2 05 20 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH 324 O O O Lm of Motor 2 05 21 Stator Inductance Lx of 0 6553 5mH O O Q Motor 2 M 05 22 Torque Compensation 0 001 10 000sec 0 020 O O Time Constant 05 23 Slip Compensation Time 0 001 10 000sec 0 100 O Q Constant x 05 24 Torque Compensation 0 10 0 o O Gain x05 25 Slip Compensation Gain 0 00 10 00 0 00 e 05 26 Slip Deviation Level 0 100075 0 disable 0 O O x 05 27 Detection Time of Slip 0 0 10 0 sec 1 0 e O Deviation 05 28 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O Over Slip Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop 05 29 Hunting Gain 0 10000 0 disable 2000 C O 05 30 Delay Time for Y 0 60 000 sec 0200 O O Q O connection A connection 05 31 Accumulative Motor 00 1439 0 O C C O O Operation Time Min 05 32 Accumulative Motor 00 65535 0 O O O Operation Time day 4 12 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Group 6 Protection Parameters http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 4 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 06 00 Low Voltage Level 160 0 220 0Vdc 180 0 320 0 440 0Vdc 360 0 oO 06 01 Over voltage Stall 0 0 Disable Prevention 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 O 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 O x 06 02 Phase loss Pro
72. O 08 79 Source of Zero speed 0 Disable G Tension Setting 1 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 80 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 08 80 Setting of Zero speed 0 30000 N 0 O Tension 08 81 Source of Tension 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 0 Taper 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 08 82 Tension Taper 0 100 0 O 08 83 Friction Compensation 0 0 100 0 0 0 O 08 84 Compensation 0 30000 0 O Coefficient of Material Inertial 08 85 Zorgu Feed Forward 0 0 100 0 50 0 Q 08 86 Low Pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 5 00 Torque Feed Forward 08 87 Reserved 08 99 Group 9 Communication Parameters 4 36 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters al 7 T Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG x 09 21 Multi function Output 0 65535 Read O Q O Status only 40922 AFMZ2 Status 0 4095 Read C o 5 only 09 23 AFMS Status 0 4095 Read O O TO only Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters New parameters 10 29 10 30 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O A 1004 Regulation Control P 1 ASR Auto Spe
73. O Frequency x 04 06 7th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O Frequency x 04 07 8th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O Frequency 04 08 9th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O O C Frequency 04 09 10th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O O C Frequency 04 10 11th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O i Frequency 04 11 12th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O Frequency 404 12 13th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O ie Frequency M 04 13 14th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O O C Frequency 04 44 15th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C O oO Frequency 04 45 Multi position 1 0 65535 0 Oo 404 16 Multi position 2 0 65535 0 O MOAT Multi position 3 0 65535 0 O 04 18 Multi position 4 0 65535 0 O M 04 19 Multi position 5 0 65535 0 Q x 04 20 Multi position 6 0 65535 0 Q M 04 21 Multi position 7 0 65535 0 O x 04 22 Multi position 8 0 65535 0 Q 04 23 Multi position 9 0 65535 0 O w 04 24 Multi position 10 0 65535 0 Q x04 25 Multi position 11 0 65535 0 e 04 26 Multi position 12 0 65535 0 O M 04 27 Multi position 13 0 65535 0 O 04 28 Multi position 14 0 65535 0 O x 04 29 Multi position 15 0 65535 0 Q Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 11 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters CALL NOW 800 985 6929 FD V Group 5 Motor Parameters Factory http www automatedpt com
74. ON it needs 4096 pulses to rotate the motor a revolution Assume that Pr 10 00 1024 Pr 10 01 1 Pr 10 15 1 Pr 00 20 5 MI 37 and ON it needs 1024 pulses to rotate the motor a revolution EL Output Setting for Frequency Division denominator Unit 1 Contro yepg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 mode Settings 1 to 255 9 This parameter is used to set the denominator for frequency division for PG card EMV PGO1L or EMV PG010 For example when it is set to 2 with feedback 1024ppr PG output will be 1024 2 512ppr 4 176 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 27 3 Unit 1 Electrical Gear A PG1 of PG card Factory Setting 100 Contro VFPG FOCPG mode Settings 1 to 5000 10 18 Electrical Gear B PG2 of PG card Unit 1 Factory Setting 100 Control yrpG FOCPG mode Settings 1 to 5000 Ea Rotation speed pulse frequency encoder pulse Pr 10 00 PG Electrical Gear A PG Electrical Gear B 10 19 Positioning for Encoder Position Unit 1 Factory Setting 0 Control VFPG FOCPG mode Settings 0 to 65535 pulses Ea This parameter determines the internal position in the position mode Ea It needs to be used with multi function input terminal setting 235 enable position control E When it is set to O it is the Z phase position of encoder Ran
75. Output 6 MO4 a PID feedback error D Slip error oSL 3 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 402 37 Multi function Output 7 MO5 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 Baseblock B B Indication N S Warning output 02 38 Multi function Output 8 MO6 N Over voltage warning NM N Over current stall prevention warning N py Over voltage stall prevention warning 02 39 Multi function Output 9 MO7 N x Operation mode indication M a Forward command SI D Reverse command 02 40 Multi function Output 10 MO8 N Ls Output when current gt Pr 02 32 N Output when current lt Pr 02 32 N Re Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 02 41 Multi function Output 11 MO9 w Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 e Y connection for the motor coil m Ds A connection for the motor coil 02 42 Multi function Output 12 MOA Go e Zero speed actual output frequency Co E Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency co a Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 co S Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 w e Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 pu Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 my o Position attained Pr 10 19 A Speed attained inclu
76. Overheat Temperature over 95 C 203 F Alarm Output Relay contact 5A 120VAC 28VDC RA RB RC Power Charge Display Blackout until bus voltage is below 50VDC Indoor no corrosive gases metallic dust 10 C 50 C 14 F to 122 F 20 C 60 C 4 F to 140 F 90 Non condensing 9 8m s 1G under 20Hz x Input EIE 2m s 0 2G at 20 50Hz Wall mounted Enclosed Type IP50 IP10 B 6 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU B 1 3 Dimensions for Brake Unit Dimensions are in millimeter inch Figure 1 VFDB2015 VFDB2022 VFDB4030 VFDB4045 121 0 4 76 130 0 5 12 _ 800 315 R3 3 RO 13 189 5 7 46 200 0 7 87 B 7 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 757 3 d Figure 2 VFDB4132 2345 9 2 194 5 7 7 m 5 I fk T g 60020 F 4 5 A H e 5 VFDB4132 N iz g Bal o al g ed H B q D e amp 7 ae i im a 190 7 51 1
77. Read only 0 Gra 00 02 Parameter Reset 0 No function 1 Read only 2 Enable group 11 parameters setting 8 Keypad lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V 10 All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V 0 O10 00 03 Start up Display Selection 0 Display the frequency command value LED F 1 Display the actual output frequency LED H Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U Display the output current A 00 04 Content of Multi Function Display Display output current A Display counter value C Display output frequency H Display DC BUS voltage Display output voltage E Output power factor angle n Display output power KW Display actual motor speed r Display estimate output torque in N m t Display PG position G Display PID feedback in b Display AVI in 96 1 Display ACI in 2 Display AUI in 3 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t Display the temperature of IGBT in C T The status of digital input ON OFF i The status of digital output ON OFF o Multi step speed S The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output o 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card Z 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card 4
78. Terminal Descriptions Symbols VP Power source of EMV PG010 use PS1 to switch 12V 5V Output Voltage 5V 12V45 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common A1 AT B1 BT Input signal from encoder Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be Z1 Z1 1 phase or 2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A2 Input signal from encoder Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 B2 B2 phase or 2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec AIO BIO ZIO Output signal It has division frequency function Pr 10 16 open collector max output DC20V 50mA Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference Do not run control wires parallel to any high voltage AC power line 200 V and above b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 3 Wire length wire length and signal frequency are in inverse proportion Ds ai Pues Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge enerators Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m 2 1 25mm AWG16 or above Line Driver 300m Complementary 70m 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 23 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories AU jumper E 157 Brakeresistor optional No fuse breaker SS Ed 41 2 B1 B2 U R O RIL1 UIT1 Q Ao Motor s sil2 viT2 V M jT T TIAS WIT WoO g FWD STOP i iid x FWD Rersror REV ti step
79. The skip frequencies are useful when a motor has vibration at a specific frequency bandwidth By skipping this frequency the vibration will be avoided E Mode Selection when Frequency lt Fmin Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Settings 0 Output Waiting 1 Zero speed operation 2 Fmin 4th output frequency setting Factory Setting 0 Ea When the frequency is less than Fmin Pr 01 07 or Pr 01 41 it will operate by this parameter Ea When it is set to 0 the AC motor drive will be in waiting mode without voltage output from terminals U V W Ea When setting 1 it will execute DC brake by Vmin Pr 01 08 and Pr 01 42 in V f VFPG and SVC modes Ea When it is set to 2 the AC motor drive will run by Fmin Pr 01 07 Pr 01 41 and Vmin Pr 01 08 Pr 01 42 in V f VFPG SVC and FOCPG modes Ea In V f VFPG and SVC modes fout 01 3470 01 3421 stop output BRE b 01 07 OHz OHz stop waiting for output Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 01 34 2 OHz operation DC brake 4 69 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 fout frequency command 4 70 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 01 34 71 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Ea In FOCPG mode when Pr 01 34 is set to 2 it will act according Pr 01 34 setting 01 34 72 frequency command Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www aut
80. Torque 120 0 Linear accel decel 0 C O O 1 Auto accel linear decel Optimal 2 Linear accel auto decel 00 13 Acceleration Deceleration 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel Setting time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 Time Unit for 0 Unit 0 01 second 0 Q Q 00 14 Acceleration Deceleration 1 Unit 0 1 second and S Curve 00 15 Reserved 00 16 Reserved 00 17 Carrier Frequency 1 15KHz 10 o O Auto Voltage Regulation 0 Enable AVR 0 St d 00 18 AVR Function isable AVR Disable AVR when deceleration stop Auto Energy saving 0 Disable 0 Ol Oo e O 00 19 Operation 1 Enable 0 0 O OjO cC 2 External analog input Pr 03 00 00 20 Ponce Com do 3 External UP DOWN terminal 4 Pulse input without direction command Pr 10 15 without direction 5 Pulse input with direction command Pr 10 15 Digital keypad KPV CE01 0 O1o o Ce O Source of the Operation External terminals Keypad STOP disabled A00 21 Command 2 RS 485 serial communication RJ 11 Keypad STOP disabled 0022 St Menoa ee ani das nable forward reverse 0 e O O x 00 23 Motor Direction Control isable reverse isable forward Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 3 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Group 1 Basic Parameters http www automatedpt com
81. Unit for Acceleration Deceleration and S Curve Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Unit 0 01 second 1 Unit 0 1 second 4 56 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Ea This parameter determines the time unit for the Acceleration Deceleration setting Refer to Pr 01 12 Pr 01 19 accel decel Time 1 to 4 Pr 01 20 Pr 01 21 JOG accel decel Time and Pr 01 24 Pr 01 27 S curve accel decel Time I EE Reserved INE Reserved EZ Carrier Frequency Unit 1 Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 10 Settings 1 15kHz Ea This parameter determinates the PWM carrier frequency of the AC motor drive 230V 460V Series Models 1 5HP 7 5 25HP 30 60HP 75 100HP 0 75 3 7kW 5 5 18 5kW 22 A45kW 55 75Kw Setting Range 01 15kHz 01 15kHz 01 09kHz 01 06kHz Factory Setting 10kHz 9kHz 6kHz 6kHz A Electromagnetic Sean Acoust Noles or Leakage izcipetce pu 4kHz Significant Minimal Minimal AAAA 8kHz 15kHz ARRA Minimal Significant Significant Ea From the table we see that the PWM carrier frequency has a significant influence on the electromagnetic noise AC motor drive heat dissipation and motor acoustic noise 00 18 X Auto Voltage Regulation AVR Function Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting
82. a n o sa row e o e m o Rated Output Capacity VA 23 32 42 e3 99 14 e z zo sa 46 se eo so 100 SM EU MEE 3 0 4 2 8 5 13 18 24 32 38 45 73 91 110 150 Constant Torque A Is ofpe oa sn rs vw e e o e o vo we Variable Torque A Q a Maximum Output Voltage V 3 phase Proportional to Input Voltage Output Frequency Hz 0 00 600 00 Hz Carrier Freaueney a 5 J gt E 3 phase 380 480V Rated Input Current A 4 0 5 8 7 4 9 9 12 17 25 27 35 42 56 67 87 101 122 Rated Voltage 3 phase 380 to 480 V Voltage Tolerance 10 342 528 V Frequency Tolerance 5 47 63 Hz Cooling Method Fan Cooled Input Rating PT FenCold Cid war s es Te Te To EST Te T T8 I8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com A 1 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com AT Appendix A Specifications 7 37 General Specifications Control System 1 Vif curve 2 V f PG 3 SVC 4 FOC PG 5 TQR PG Start Torque Starting torque is 150 at 0 5Hz and OHz with FOC PG control mode Speed Control Range 1 100 Sensorless vector up to 1 1000 when using PG card Speed Control Resolution 0 596 Sensorless vector up to 0 02 when using PG card Speed Response Ability 5Hz up to 30Hz for vector control Max Output Frequency 0 00 to 600 00Hz Output Frequency Accuracy Digital command 0 005 analog command 0 5 Frequenc
83. al B DOH a ml s a Yle T SRA 50 0 2 0 B 2 i1 S o o 1 HQ JNIT mm I 284 0 1 0 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 Order P N 50TDS4W4C RE T 0 40 40 97 0X10 0 2X T e hal c I1 Ru n j pues E SS r1 Ex L T od Primi Order P N 100TDS84C i iH Ha Ds 90 0 m E TT 2 0 p F352 O MAX j vec 2592 i T PR 4 I FL S PP 3 fel ths H P ud HN UNIT mm xv 87 5X12 5 4X Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 37 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories VZV Order P N 200TDDS84C ODIDO000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 DOODOO0O0 OODOON0 000000000 0000000000000 000009000000 000000 001 00 0 00 000 000000000 OOODDC 0000000 000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 i OOOOCOOULOOOOULOODOUOOOLOCOOUOOOOOUO00D0000000000000000 900 0 REF Qno Oo D00 000 C00 LOO LOC CO COLO 000009000000 000000 000000 00000 000 000000
84. available for the AC motor drive Illegal data value 03 The data value received in the command message is not available for the AC drive Slave device failure 04 The AC motor drive is unable to perform the requested action Communication time out 10 If Pr 09 03 is not equal to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad 3 7 Communication program of PC The following is a simple example of how to write a communication program for Modbus ASCII mode on a PC by C language include lt stdio h gt include lt dos h gt include lt conio h gt include lt process h gt define PORT 0x03F8 the address of COM1 the address offset value relative to COM1 define THR 0x0000 define RDR 0x0000 define BRDL 0x0000 define IER 0x0001 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 167 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 define BRDH 0x0001 define LCR 0x0003 define MCR 0x0004 define LSR 0x0005 define MSR 0x0006 unsigned char rdat 60 read 2 data from address 2102H of AC drive with address 1 unsigned char tdat 60 0 1 0 3 2 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 D 7 r n void main int i outportb PORT MCR 0x08 interrupt enable outportb PORT IER 0x01 interru
85. ccceeecececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeneee 6 7 Appendix A Specifications essere A 1 Appendix B Accessories eeeeeeeeeeee eese eene ha nnn aie i aiaa B 1 B 1 All Brake Resistors amp Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives B 1 B 1 1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors B 4 B 1 2 Specifications for Brake Unit eeens B 6 B 1 3 Dimensions for Brake Unit B 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com B 2 No fuse Circuit Breaker Chart sseeeee B 9 B 3 Fuse Specification Chart sse B 10 B 4 AC Reactor ivi ence ahead tree Et B 11 B 4 1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value B 11 B 4 2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value B 11 B 4 3 Applications for AC Reactor B 13 B 5 Zero Phase Reactor RF220XO004 sse B 15 B 6 DC Choke Recommended Values see B 16 B 7 Remote Controller RC 01 sese B 17 B 8 PG Card for Encoder sse B 18 B 8 1 EMV PGOAX inirapan edere tc ction EEG De dede B 18 B 8 2 EMV PG010O cabe ee rn aun ege tpe s B 22 B 8 3 EMV PGOTL risit ieget erede eec dederis B 26 B 9 AMD EMI Filter Cross Reference enirere B 30 B 9 1 Dimensions er eee dern B 33 B 10 Multi function I O Extension Card
86. command FWD REV atyvtvivirivty p_tyfvf whet Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 5 FWD REV aitite 45v patvtvitviviviy Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 3 FWD REV aSLFLF 1514 B Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 4 FWD REV A v Y Y v v B Single phase input 5 4 555 VEL AY 4 172 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 EI X Encoder Feedback Fault Treatment Control VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 10 03 X Detection Time for Encoder Feedback Fault Unit 0 01 Control yepg FocPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 10 00 sec Ea When encoder loss encoder signal error pulse signal setting error or signal error if time exceeds the detection time for encoder feedback fault Pr 10 03 the encoder signal error will occur Refer to the Pr 10 02 for encoder feedback fault treatment X ASR Auto Speed Regulation control P 1 Unit 0 1 Control yepg
87. detection time OT2 9 Drive Ready Active when the drive is ON and no abnormality detected 10 User defined Low Active when the DC Bus voltage is too low refer to Pr 06 00 voltage Detection low voltage level 11 Malfunction Indication Active when fault occurs except Lv stop When drive runs after Pr 02 31 it will be ON This function gg Mechanical Brake should be used with DC brake and it is recommended to use Release Pr 02 31 m contact b N C 13 Overheat Active when IGBT or heat sink overheats to prevent OH turn off the drive refer to Pr 06 05 This function is used in conjunction with a VFDB Brake Unit 14 Software Brake Signal The output will be activated when the drive needs help braking Indication the load A smooth deceleration is achieved by using this function refer to Pr 07 00 15 PID Feedback Error Active when the feedback signal is abnormal 16 Slip Error OSL Active when the slip error is detected 17 Terminal Count Value Active when the counter reaches Terminal Counter Value Attained Pr 02 16 18 Preliminary Counter Active when the counter reaches Preliminary Counter Value Value Attained Pr 02 17 19 Baseblock B B Active when the output of the AC motor drive is shut off during Indication baseblock 20 Warning Output Active when the warning is detected 21 Over voltage Warning Active when the over voltage is detected 22 Overcurrent Stall Active when the over current stall prevention is detected
88. fiber particles scraps of paper saw dust metal particles etc from adhering to the heatsink 1 2 2 Remove Keypad 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C 1 6 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 2A 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E 1 2 3 Remove Front Cover 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 1 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 77 37 a 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E 1 2 4 Lifting Please carry only fully assembled AC motor drives as shown in the following For 40 100HP Frame E and E1 Step 1 Step 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 7 37 Step 3 Step 4 1 3 Dimensions Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Qi 1 9 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 77 3 Frame B D w 7 D1 _ w1 D2 i X r Je ty Mrs s Pa 82 Un
89. frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card 4 24 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and MI ON P 25 Display the present reel diameter under the tension control in mm d 26 Display the present line speed under the tension control in m min L 2T Display the present tension setting under the tension control in N T A 0 Constant Torque 150 0 On O Te E 00 12 Sonstant Variable Torque 1 Variable Torque 120 0 Linear accel decel 0 O O O O 1 Auto accel linear decel Optimal 2 Linear accel auto decel 00 13 Acceleration Deceleration 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel Setting time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 0 Enable forward reverse 0 O O O o O 00 23 Motor Direction Control 1 Disable reverse 2 Disable forward Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters 4 38 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters V2 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 01 Multi Function Input 0 no function 1 O OQ Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position Q O itis Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire opera
90. has been turned off To prevent personal injury please ensure that the power is turned off and wait ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels before opening the AC motor drive 2 All the units must be grounded directly to a common ground terminal to prevent lightning strike or electric shock 3 Only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor drives is allowed to perform installation wiring and commissioning 4 Make sure that the power is off before doing any wiring to prevent electric shock Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 2 1 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 7237 2 1 Wiring Users must connect wires according to the circuit diagrams on the following pages Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS 485 communication port or permanent damage may result The pins 1 amp 2 are the power supply for the optional copy keypad KPV CE01 only and should not be used for RS 485 communication Figure 1 for models of VFD VE Series 15 HP 11kW and below VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 VFD022V23A 43A 2 VFD037V23A 43A 2 VFD055V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 VFD110V23A 43A 2 DC choke optional Brakeresistor TELE optional J Fuse NFB No Fuse Breaker umper E pce ee 1 2 B1 B Motor R L1 R L1 UTI mm S L2 g
91. in millimeter and inch Order P N RF015B21AA RF022B43AA 50 118 1 97 28 90 1 1 B 3 54 226 226 239 8 9 8 9 9 4 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 33 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Appendix B Accessories VZ http Awww automatedpt com Order P N RF022B21BA RF037B43BA 60 150 110 IK z n 1 i ceee o Q 302 11 89 302 315 Q z a w Si fa a aiii TNSSSSRSUSS i 5 5 B 34 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 3 Order P N RF110B43CA P nonin Lil rl 7 200 120 4 72 f t a j f D C J ff 2 1 soles j Q Lom 382 382 308 15 04 15 0431 5 67 o Q o EL 4 re e Y f fi gt 20 26 li i 7 0 0 79 7 1 02 UT UU 0 28 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 35 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories VZV Order P N 10TDT1W4C Order P N 26TDT1W4C 306 012 0 10 0
92. inspection O Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 6 11 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance IU This page intentionally left blank 6 12 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix A Specifications Voltage Class 230V Class Model Number VFD XXXV 300 370 Max Applicable Motor Output kW 0 75 1 5 22 EIEREICOEREI 37 50 Max Applicable Motor Output hp 3 0 5 0 7 5 10 t5 20 25 30 46 55 e Rete Si OR UST 5 0 75 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 420 146 Constant Torque A Is Iesse COO 9 o ola ve ariable Torque A El Maximum Output Voltage V 3 Phase Proportional to Input Voltage o Output Frequency Hz 0 00 600 00 Hz GwerewmyW 5 6 Rated inputCunent A 64 09 35 7 25135 5 65 75 95 6 co E 3 phase E Rated Voltage Frequency 200 240V 50 60Hz 3 Voltage Tolerance 10 180 264 V Frequency Tolerance 5 47 63 Hz Cooling Method Fan Cooled Weight kg 27 32 45 68 8 10 13 J 13 13 13 36 36 Voltage Class 460V Class Model Number VED XXXV__ 007 015 022 os 055 075 110 150 185 220 300 370 450 550 750 OO m o f o o Verrem
93. it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 o EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 e 25 Fuse error FuSE e 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 e 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF 1 e 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error o cdO 33 U phase current detection error o cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 4 118 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL SYS FBK EXI CE 35 W phase current detection o error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error e Hd0 37 Over current detection error e Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error o Hd2 39 Ground current detection error e Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE e 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF e 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B e 52 Password err
94. less than 5m with twisted cable W When not used please leave the terminals 2 B1 open ANu 1 Short circuiting B2 or to 2 B1 can damage the AC motor drive Grounding terminals 8 W Make sure that the leads are connected correctly and the AC drive is properly grounded Ground resistance should not exceed 0 1 W Use ground leads that comply with local regulations and keep them as short as possible W Multiple VFD VE units can be installed in one location All the units should be grounded directly to a common ground terminal as shown in the figure below Ensure there are no O O X excellent good not allowed ground loops 2 8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 2 3 2 Main Circuit Terminals Frame B Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 B1 B2 Models Wire Torque Wire Type VFD007V23A 2 VFD007V43A 2 VFD015V23A 2 VFD015V43A 2 44 40 AWG 18kgkcm Stranded VFD022V23A 2 2 1 5 3mm 15 6in Ibf dice VFD022V43A 2 VFD037V23A 2 VFD037V43A 2 ighem Whe Gauge c 3 amp Awe J Frame C Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3
95. modules in use are not provided by Delta the warranty will be void Take into consideration the safety of the environment when installing the brake resistors If the minimum resistance value is to be utilized consult local dealers for the calculation of the Watt figures Please select thermal relay trip contact to prevent resistor over load Use the contact to switch power off to the AC motor drive When using more than 2 brake units equivalent resistor value of parallel brake unit can t be less than the value in the column Minimum Equivalent Resistor Value for Each AC Drive the right most column in the table An example of 575V 100HP the min equivalent resistor value for each AC motor drive is 12 50 with 2 brake units connection Therefore the equivalent resistor value for each brake unit should be 250 Please read the wiring information in the user manual of brake unit thoroughly prior to taking into operation Definition for Brake Usage ED Explanation The definition of the barke usage ED is for assurance of enough time for the brake unit and brake resistor to dissipate away heat generated by braking When the brake resistor heats up the resistance would increase with temperature and brake torque would decrease accordingly Suggested cycle time is one minute 100 T1 of 6 Brake Time ED T1 T0x100 M 4 TO Cycle Time For safety consideration install an overload relay between the brake unit and the brake resistor
96. oO Ad0 15 Frequency Division denominator Electrical Gear A PG 1 5000 100 O O 410 17 41 of PG card Electrical Gear B PG2 1 5000 100 Q O M10 18 of PG card Positioning for 0 65535 pulses 0 O O 10 19 Encoder Position 10 20 Range for Encoder 0 20000 pulses 10 Q O Position Attained Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 23 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters d m 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0 40 10 1022 Gain of Zero Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 C Feed Forward Gain of 10 100 30 M 10 23 APR Deceleration Time for 0 00 600 00 sec 00 6000 0 sec 3 00 O M 10 24 Internal 3 0 Position Waiting Time for Switching Max Frequency 10 25 Max Frequency for 0 00 600 00Hz 50 00 O OQ O O Resolution Switch 10 26 Reserved Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O 41027 Load A1 Mechanical Gear at 1765535 100 O oO 410 28 Motor B1 Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 41029 Load A2 Mechanical Gear at 1 765535 100 Oo O O 410 30 Motor B2 Group 11 Advanced Parameters T E Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG bit 0 Auto tuning for A
97. output selection 4 Pr 06 26 OJ C C 9 02 41 Multi function Output 11 MO9 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 Multi function Output 12 MOA 40 Speed attained including zero OJ C C M 02 42 speed 41 Multi position attained o 42 Crane function Oo Oj oO 4 26 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 03 00 to Pr 03 20 The settings for Pr 03 00 to Pr 03 02 are from 0 to 10 Chapter 4 Parameters http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 03 00 03 01 03 02 Analog Input 1 AVI Analog Input 2 ACI Analog Input 3 AUI 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 O 3 Torque compensation command 4 PID target value refer to group 8 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 6 P T C thermistor input value 7 Positive torque limit 8 Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit A 03 20 Analog Output Value in REV Direction Group 6 Protection Parameters 0 Absolute value in REV direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 06 00 to Pr 06 31 The settings of Pr 06 01
98. right with MSB zero filling then repeat step 3 If the LSB of CRC register is 1 shift the CRC register one bit to the right with MSB zero filling Exclusive OR the CRC register with the polynomial value A001H then repeat step 3 Step 5 Repeat step 3 and 4 until eight shifts have been performed When this is done a complete 8 bit byte will have been processed Step 6 Repeat step 2 to 5 for the next 8 bit byte of the command message Continue doing this until all bytes have been processed The final contents of the CRC register are the CRC value When transmitting the CRC value in the message the upper and lower bytes of the CRC value must be swapped i e the lower order byte will be transmitted first Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 The following is an example of CRC generation using C language The function takes two arguments Unsigned char data a pointer to the message buffer Unsigned char length the quantity of bytes in the message buffer The function returns the CRC value as a type of unsigned integer Unsigned int crc chk unsigned char data unsigned char length int j unsigned int reg crczOxFFFF while length reg crc data for j 0 j lt 8 j if reg crc amp 0x01 LSB bO 1 reg_crc reg_crc gt gt 1 0xA001 else reg crc reg crc gt gt 1 return r
99. seite 1 Oto 10V 47ko 0 20mA m 7 0 10V EM ACI 4 20mA 0 10V A I 10 10V ACM t I Analog Signal Common Analog Multi function Output Terminal AFM analog output selection AFM o 10 DCI2mA AFM Switch Make sure that power is OFF ACM before changing the switch C Rnaloa Si i setting e Analog Signal common 0 10V Em 1 0 20mA Main circuit power terminals Control circuit terminals Shielded leads amp Cable uaa SKO 2 4 10V Power supply 10V 20mA AVI Master Frequency Operate from communication Please refer to the communication address 2000H and 2119H settings in the communication address definition Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up IU 3 2 Tuning Operations 3 2 1 Flow Chart Take motor 1 as example Basic parameters settings Reset all parameter to factory setting Pr 00 02 Y Setting the related information of IM motor Pr 01 00 01 02 Pr 05 01 05 04 X Step 2 Motor tuning If the motor and NO load can be EIE separated No load current of motor Pr 05 05 a YES it v Motorauto tuning Pr 05 00 2 i run inlow speed Please contact is within 20 5096 of motorsupplier Check if output
100. speed 0 O Oolo O Diameter 1 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 08 43 Max Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 6000 0 O O O O 08 44 Empty Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O O O 08 45 Source of Initial Reel 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 0 O oO O Diameter 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 M 08 46 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 is Q O 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O O O 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O O O 08 49 Number of Pulse per 1 10000ppr 1 Oo O O Revolution Coil Number for Each 0 001 60 000mm 1 000 O O O 08 50 Layer 08 51 Material Thickness 0 001 60 000mm 1 000 Oo O M 08 52 Filter Time of Reel 0 00 to 100 00 seconds 1 00 O O Diameter 08 53 Auto Compensation of 0 Disable 1 00 O TO o Q Reel Diameter 1 Enable M 08 54 Current Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 Od uo O O Smart Start 0 Disable 1 oj O O cuj 1 Enable Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 35 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters d a T Factory Pr Explan
101. terminal 44 function after setting Reset initial reel contact status of 45 and 46 as shown in the following table diameter 2 MI 46 MI 45 Ml 44 OFF OFF ON writing Pr 08 46 setting into Pr 08 54 46 OFF ON ON writing Pr 08 47 setting into Pr 08 54 ON OFF ON writing Pr 08 48 setting into Pr 08 54 ON ON ON reset Pr 08 54 setting to the factory setting 47 Reset PID control When this contact is ON the PID control integration of tension is integration of tension reset 4 80 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters B al Settings Functions Descriptions Mechanical Gear Ratio AB Switch When this contact is ON the mechanical gear ratio switch will be the second group A2 B2 refer to Pr 10 29 and Pr 10 30 49 Enable Drive When this contact is ON the output of drive will stop A RUN gt p Ml d49 Time 3 Startrunning A RUN Ml d49 gt Time b 02 34 0 no action 02 34 1 Start running RUN x i foo d i F gt Time deceleration to stop Ml d49 start running from OHZ RUN Ml d49 C 4 gt Time 02 34 20 no action 02 34 1 start running from 0Hz freerunto stop 50 Reserved 02 07 UP DOWN Key Mode Control mode ME VFPG SVC Settings 0 FOCPG
102. to Pr 06 03 Pr 06 04 Ea When operation frequency is larger than Pr 01 01 PrO6 03 150 Pr 06 04 100 and Pr 06 16 8096 Stall Prevention Level during acceleration 06 03x06 16 150x80 120 Stall Prevention Level at constant speed 06 04x06 16 100x80 80 Present Fault Record Second Most Recent Fault Record Third Most Recent Fault Record Fourth Recent Fault Record Fifth Most Recent Fault Record Ir MI Sixth Most Recent Fault Record Settings 0 to 65 Factory Setting 0 Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No fault O O O O 1 Over current during acceleration ocA O oO O O 2 Over current during deceleration ocd O oO OQ O 3 Over current during constant speed ocn O O O OQ 4 Ground fault GFF O O O O 5 IGBT short circuit occ O oO OQ O 6 Over curent at stop ocS O O O O 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA O Q O O 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd o oO Q O 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn O O oO O 10 Over voltage at stop ovS O OQ O O 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA O O Q 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd O Oo O 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn O O O 14 Low voltage at stop LvS O Q Q 15 Phase loss PHL O O O 16 IGBT over heat 0H1 O O O 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40HP above S O Q 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 O O O 19 TH2 Heat
103. to the identity code Users can use the following table to check how the rated current rated voltage and max carrier frequency of the AC motor drive correspond to the identity code Ea Pr 00 01 displays the rated current of the AC motor drive By reading this parameter the user can check if the AC motor drive is correct Ea The factory setting is rated current for the constant torque and can be set in Pr 00 12 230V Series kw 0 75 1 5 2 2 3 7 5 5 7 5 11 15 18 5 22 30 37 HP 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 7 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 Pr 00 00 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Rated Current for Constant 5 7 5 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 90 120 146 Torque A Rated Current for Variable 6 3 9 4 13 8 21 3 31 3 41 3 61 3 81 3 93 8 113 150 183 Torque A Max Carrier 15kHz okHz Frequency 460V Series kW 0 75 1 5 2 2 37 55 7 5 11 15 18 5 22 30 37 45 55 75 HP 10 2030 50 7 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 Pr 00 00 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 Rated Current for Constant 3 4 2 6 8 5 13 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150 Torque A Rated Current for Variable 3 8 5 3 7 5 110 6 16 3 22 5 30 40 47 5 56 3 75 91 3 113 8 138 188 Torque A Max Carrier 15kHz 9kHz 6kHz Frequency Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 47 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedp
104. wiring and in separate conduits to avoid interference If necessary let them cross only at 90 angle W The AC motor drive control wiring should be properly installed and not touch any live power wiring or terminals W f a filter is required for reducing EMI Electro Magnetic Interference install it as close as possible to AC drive EMI can also be reduced by lowering the Carrier Frequency W When using a GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter select a current sensor with sensitivity of 200mA and not less than 0 1 second detection time to avoid nuisance tripping Am Damaged insulation of wiring may cause personal injury or damage to circuits equipment if it comes in contact with high voltage The specification for the control terminals The Position of the Control Terminals MCM 24V FWD MI1 MI3 MI5 DFM 10V AVI ACM Soeeoessadagoogel ws TSTST TTT TS MO1 MO2 DCM REV MI2 MI4 MI6 AFM AUI ACI Frame Torque Wire B C D E E1 8 kgf cm 6 9 in Ibf 22 14 AWG 0 3 2 1mm L Tru Frame B VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 VFD022V23A 43A 2 VFD037V23A 43A 2 Frame C VFD055V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 Frame D VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 Frame E VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 Frame E1 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 2 15 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com
105. 0 0 sec 0 0 O O Q 09 03 Detection COM1 Communication 0 7N1 ASCII A O oO O O 408 04 Protocol 1 TN2 ASCII 2 7E1 ASCII 3 701 ASCII 4 7E2 ASCII 5 702 ASCII 6 8N1 ASCII 7 8N2 ASCII 8 8E1 ASCII 9 801 ASCII 10 8E2 ASCII 11 802 ASCII 12 8N1 RTU 13 8N2 RTU 14 8E1 RTU 15 801 RTU 16 8E2 RTU 17 802 RTU COM2 Transmission 4 8 115 2Kbps 9 6 O e O O O 09 05 Speed Keypad x 09 06 COM2 Transmission 0 Warn and keep operation 3 O O O Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop Keypad 2 Warn and coast to stop 3 No warning and keep operation COM2 Time out 0 0 100 0 sec 0 0 O O Oo 408 07 Detection Keypad 09 08 COM2 Communication 0 7N1 ASCII 13 O Q Gy O e Protocol Keypad 1 7N2 ASCII 2 7E1 ASCII 701 ASCII 4 7E2 ASCII 5 702 ASCII 6 8N1 ASCII 7 8N2 ASCII 8 8E1 ASCII 9 801 ASCII 10 8E2 ASCII 11 802 ASCII 12 8N1 RTU 13 8N2 RTU 14 8E1 RTU 15 801 RTU 16 8E2 RTU 17 802 RTU 09 09 Response Delay Time 0 0 200 0ms 20 09 10 Transmission Master 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 Frequency 09 11 Block Transfer 1 0 65535 0 M 09 12 Block Transfer 2 0 65535 0 09 13 Block Transfer 3 0 65535 0 O 09 14 Block Transfer 4 0 65535 0 Oo 409 15 Block Transfer 5 0 65535 0 O 09 16 Block Transfer 6 0 65535 0 Oo 409 17 Block Transfer 7 0 65535 0 O 09 18 Block Transfer 8 0 65535 0 Oo 09 19 Block Transfer 9 0 65535 0 cy Revision Dec 2008 04
106. 0 0 to 100 0 m Ca This parameter defines an upper bound or limit for the integral gain I and therefore limits the Master Frequency The formula is Integral upper bound Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 x Pr 08 04 08 05 PID Output Frequency Limit Unit 0 1 Panel VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 Settings 0 0 to 110 0 Aa This parameter defines the percentage of output frequency limit during the PID control The formula is Output Frequency Limit Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 X Pr 08 05 This parameter will limit the Maximum Output Frequency 08 06 X PID Offset Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 100 0 to 100 0 08 07 A PID Delay Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 2 5 sec 4 136 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com En CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 InputSelection of the PID Cancelled Frequency PID Targeted Value 08 00 0 command 00 20 KPV C EO 1 or 02 01 06z21 pid off RS485 1 03 00 0 2 UP D own 2 keyPG PID offset gt 08 06 van P m ON wv oe Tine i Display of the PID fee dback A 08 01 08 03 00 14 1 0 display ofthe 4 PID PID feedback Delay InputSelecti l Time
107. 00 6000 0 sec Accel Time 1 Pr 01 13 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec Decel Time 1 NOTE The accel time is the time that needs for drive to accelerate from 0 0Hz to max operation frequency Pr 1 00 The decel tome is the time that needs for drive to decelerate from max operation frequency Pr 01 00 to 0 00Hz E nertia estimate Setting Pr 11 00 2 Pr 11 00 bit 0 Auto tuning for ASR and APR System Control bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved W f it allows the motor to rotate in forward and reverse Motor can run in both forward and reverse After start up the motor observe if Pr 11 01 is convergence After the speed is stable change the motor operation direction until Pr 11 01 is convergence Motor can only run in one direction Setting multi function input terminal to MI1 1 Pr 04 00 to 1 5 of rated frequency and the operation frequency on the digital keypad to 4 5 of rated frequency Pr 04 00 0 00 600 00Hz 1st Step Speed Frequency W Check if the setting of Pr 11 01 is convergence When the motor runs stably setting Pr 02 10 to 4 and check if Pr 11 01 is convergence After setting Pr 02 10 to 0 check if Pr 11 01 is convergence again Please repeat above operation until Pr 11 01 is convergence Pr 02 10 0 65535 Digital Input Operation Direction Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 3 13 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automat
108. 03 00 03 02 When Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 14 PID target value of tension Pr 08 26 will display the PID target value of tension E When it is set to 2 the source of tension command is the external analog input terminals Pr 03 00 03 02 When Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed Pr 08 26 will display the PID target value of line speed Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 143 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters iV T P V a tym PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 096 a The setting range 0 0 to 100 0 corresponds to tension feedback 0 10V 0 max line speed Pr 08 38 B L Example In tension mode when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 Tension closed loop speed mode the setting 14 of Pr 03 00 03 02 PID target value of tension corresponds to tension feedback 0 10V In tension mode when Pr 08 21 is set to 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode the setting 12 of Pr 03 00 03 02 line speed corresponds to 0 max line speed Pr 08 38 08 27 Source of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID feedback of tension 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension PID Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disa
109. 06 23 Active when Pr 06 23 is ON Error Output Selection 2 F 36 Pr 06 24 Active when Pr 06 24 is ON Error Output Selection 3 37 Pr 06 25 Active when Pr 06 25 is ON Error Output Selection 4 38 Pr 06 26 Active when Pr 06 26 is ON 39 Position Attained Active when the PG position control point reaches Pr 10 19 Pr 10 19 40 Speed Attained Active when the output frequency reaches frequency setting or including zero speed stop 4 86 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Settings Functions Descriptions User can set any three multi function input terminals to 41 The current position action status of these three terminals will be 41 Multi position Attained outputted Example if setting Pr 02 11 Pr 02 12 and Pr 02 13 to 41 and only the multi position of the second point has been done Therefore current status are RA OFF MRA ON and MO1 OFF In this way their status is 010 This function should be used with Pr 02 31 Pr 02 32 and Pr 02 33 Active when setting Pr 07 16 Pr 02 33 and Fcmd gt Pr 02 33 me Grane Rungtion and output current gt Pr 02 32 and Time gt Pr 02 31 The example of the crane application is in the following for your reference Motor Zero speed A 43 Output Pr 02 43 Active when motor actual speed is less
110. 1 4 100 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 3 Factory setting 0 Control VFPG FOCPG mode Settings 0 to 65535 Ea Please refer to the explanation of Pr 02 00 to Pr 02 06 MIA MI3 MI2 MI1 Pr 10 19 setting 0 0 0 0 Master frequency 04 15 multi position 1 0 0 0 1 04 00 1 step speed frequency 04 16 multi position2 0 0 1 0 04 01 2 step speed frequency 04 17 multi position 3 0 0 1 1 04 02 3 step speed frequency 04 18 multi position 4 0 1 0 0 04 03 4 step speed frequency 04 19 multi position 5 0 1 0 1 04 04 5 step speed frequency 04 20 multi position 6 0 1 1 0 04 05 6 step speed frequency 04 21 multi position 7 0 1 1 1 04 06 7 step speed frequency 04 22 multi position 8 1 0 0 0 04 07 8 step speed frequency 04 23 multi position 9 1 0 0 1 04 08 9 step speed frequency 04 24 multi position 10 1 0 1 0 04 09 10 step speed frequency 04 25 multi position 11 1 0 1 1 04 10 11 step speed frequency 04 26 multi position 12 1 1 0 0 04 11 12 step speed frequency 04 27 multi position 13 1 1 0 1 04 12 13 step speed frequency 04 28 multi position 14 1 1 1 0 04 13 14 step speed frequency 04 29 multi position 15 1 1 1 1 04 14 15 step speed frequency Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 101 http Awww automate
111. 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 1 0 mode Settings 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec Ea The Acceleration Time is used to determine the time required for the AC motor drive to ramp from OHz to Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 an The Deceleration Time is used to determine the time require for the AC motor drive to decelerate from the Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 down to OHZ B L The Acceleration Deceleration Time is invalid when using Pr 00 13 Optimal Acceleration Deceleration Setting 4 66 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 373 Ea The Acceleration Deceleration Time 1 2 3 4 are selected according to the Multi function Input Terminals settings See Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 30 for details Ea When enabling torque limit and stall prevention function actual accel decel time will longer than the above action time Frequency 01 00 Max Output 77 eS Frequency Frequency Setting Time MC acce time M decel time pe 01 12 14 16 18 20 01 13 15 17 19 21 Accel Decel Time 01 22 A JOG Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 6 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea Both external terminal JOG and key JOG on the keypad can be used When the jog command is ON the AC motor drive will accelerate from O
112. 1 tt IR 1 Factory one Mn VP Cu i setting e ulti step 1 MI2 i DCM li _Multi step 3 I MI3 M 1 V Multi step 4 I MM Al ii PG zhefuneion I MIS B1 F i fune ion I Mig B1 Line driver Digital Signal Common DCM Zl E incremental encoder 1 1 i i EMV PG010 wiring 2 jumper Brakeresis tor optional ET j No fuse breaker d 4 EI Fd NFB R 2 R L1 UIT1 U N Motor S S2 VIT2 Q M T 6 gt Om WRG NW 3 FWD STOP eed JQ REVISTOP __ 4 REV Multi step 1 MI Factory VP ce setting Mulistep2 Mp DCM o _Multi step 3 MI3 AL Multi step 4 Mid M No function MIS Bic PG No unction i MI6 BTO Line driver Digital Signal Common DCM PX 1 Zio EUROS E i incrementalencoder yout yore A P i wL YO M DCM lt j 4 B2 AIO E dil LI Y4 ab HL B2 B O i m CO DCM ZIO phase difference is 90 ov EMV PG010 B 24 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 373 5 Types of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 5V 12V 5V 12V Types of Pulse Generators VOLTAGE VEU TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V Rn H IR O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V 0V Open collector VCC TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V id OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V 0v Line d
113. 11 00 is set to bit 070 EE A APR Curve Time Unit 0 01 Control Egcopg Factory Setting 3 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 655 35 sec Ea It is valid when the multi function input terminal is set to 35 ON The larger it is set the longer the position time will be Reserved Reserved Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 185 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J This page intentionally left blank 4 186 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 5 1 Over Current OC grounding betwe ocA ocd OC Over current Over current Over current during acceleration during acceleration x Remove short circuit Yes Check if there is any short circuits and or ground fault en the U V W and motor je No No Reduce the load or Yes 7 Y increase the power If load is too large of AC motor drive No No No Reduce torque compensation compensation p Yes Reduce torque compensation i Check if Check i No acceleration time N deceleration time is too short by is too short by load inertia load inertia Yes Yes Maybe AC motor drive has malfun
114. 28 Output when current Pr 02 32 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 Multi function Output 11 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 A 02 41 MO9 31 Y connection for the motor coil 32 A connection for the motor coil Multi function Output 12 33 Zero speed actual output frequency 02 42 MOA 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 40 Speed attained including zero speed OJO o 41 Multi position attained 42 Crane function OJ O O 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 44 Max reel diameter attained oO O 45 Empty reel diameter attained O 46 Broken belt detection O O 47 Break release at stop 48 Error PID feedback of tension O o 49 Reserved 50 Reserved Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters 4 40 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V2 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Em VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 103 18 Analog Output 1 0 Output frequency Hz 0 e 1 Frequency command Hz C 03 21 An
115. 32 A Output Current Level Setting for External Terminals Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 100 Lj When output current is higher or equal to Pr 02 32 it will activate multi function output terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 27 Aa When output current is lower than Pr 02 32 it will activate multi function output terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 28 a A Output Boundary for External Terminals Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 60 00Hz When output frequency is higher than Pr 02 33 it will activate the multi function terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 29 B D When output frequency is lower than Pr 02 33 it will activate the multi function terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 30 4 92 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 237 3 A External Operation Control Selection after Reset Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Drive runs if run command exists after reset Ea After clearing fault once a fault is detected and the external terminal for RUN keeps ON the drive can run after pressing RESET key ET Zero speed Level of Motor Unit 1 Control FPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Set
116. 3840 2054 110 0 10 0 10 0 9 85 8 90 16 07 15 13 8 08 4 33 0 39 0 39 Dra Frame D VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 1 12 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction ZZY Frame E D1 ere E Unit mm inch Frame W W1 H H1 H2 D D1 D2 S1 S2 S3 gi 370 0 335 0 589 0 560 0 260 0 132 5 18 0 13 0 13 0 18 0 14 57 13 19 23 19 22 05 10 24 5 22 0 71 0 51 0 51 0 71 370 0 335 0 595 0 589 0 560 0 260 0 132 5 18 0 13 0 13 0 18 0 14 57 13 19 23 43 23 19 22 05 10 24 5 22 0 71 0 51 0 51 0 71 gt tae Frame E1 VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 E2 Frame E2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 1 13 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 77 3 This page intentionally left blank 1 14 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring After removing
117. 3A 2 5 7 5 0 10 JJN 10 VFD007V43A 2 3 2 27 5 JJN 6 VFD015V23A 2 7 6 7 0 15 JJN 15 VFD015V43A 2 43 42 10 JJN 10 VFD022V23A 2 15 5 11 30 JJN 30 VFD022V43A 2 5 9 5 5 15 JJN 15 VFD037V23A 2 20 6 17 40 JJN 40 VFD037V43A 2 11 2 8 5 20 JJN 20 VFD055V23A 2 26 25 50 JJN 50 VFD055V43A 2 14 13 30 JJN 30 VFD075V23A 2 34 33 60 JJN 60 VFD075V43A 2 19 18 40 JJN 40 VFD110V23A 2 50 49 100 JJN 100 VFD110V43A 2 25 24 50 JJN 50 VFD110V43B 2 25 24 50 JJN 50 VFD150V23A 2 60 65 125 JJN 125 VFD150V43A 2 32 32 60 JJN 60 VFD185V23A 2 75 75 150 JJN 150 VFD185V43A 2 39 38 75 JJN 70 VFD220V23A 2 90 90 175 JJN 175 VFD220V43A 2 49 45 100 JJN 100 VFD300V23A 2 110 120 225 JJN 225 VFD300V43A 2 60 60 125 JJN 125 VFD370V23A 2 142 145 250 JJN 250 VFD370V43A 2 63 73 150 JJN 150 VFD450V43A 2 90 91 175 JJN 175 VFD550V43C 2 130 110 250 JJN 250 VFD750V43C 2 160 150 300 JJN 300 B 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com B 4 AC Reactor CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 57 3 B 4 1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value 460V 50 60Hz 3 Phase kW HP UM Nom ps Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 4 6 9 12 1 5 2 4 6 6 5 9 2 2 3 8 12 5 7 5 3 7 5 8 12 3 5 5 5 7 5 12 18 2 5 4 2 7 5 10 18 27 1 5 2 5 11 15 25 37 5 1 2 2 15 20 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 18 5 25 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 22 30 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 30 40 55 82 5 0 5 0 85
118. 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection oO O O e 10 EF input 07 36 O C O O O 11 B B input O 9 O O O 12 Output stop O Q O O O 4 72 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZ Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 13 cancel the setting of the optimal O O O acceleration deceleration time 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 O Q 15 operation speed command form AVI OQ O 16 operation speed command form ACI O OQ 17 operation speed command form AUI O O oO 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 O O Q Q 19 Digital Up command O O OQ 20 Digital Down command O g O 21 PID function disabled Q O 22 clear counter Q O Q O 23 input the counter value multi function input command C O oO Oo O 6 24 FWD JOG command O O O 25 REV JOG command O O O 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection O O E O 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection O Oo C 28 Emergency stop EF1 O O OQ O 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection O O 30 Signal confirmation for connection O O 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 O OQ O 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 s O O S O 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 Q Q OQ amp Q 34 Enable multi step position control O OQ 35 Enable position control O O O O 36
119. 5 07 Pr 05 20 Pr 05 19 Mechanical equivalent circuit for VE series BA If Pr 05 00 is set to 2 it needs to input Pr 05 05 for motor 1 Pr 05 17 for motor 2 4 102 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 n In torque vector control mode it is not recommended to have motors run in parallel 2 It is not recommended to use torque vector control mode if motor rated power exceeds the rated power of the AC motor drive 3 When auto tuning 2 motors it needs to set multi function input terminals or change Pr 05 10 for motor 1 motor 2 selection 4 The no load current is usually 20 50 X rated current The rated speed can t be larger or equal to 120f p f rated frequency 01 01 01 35 P number of motor poles 05 04 05 16 05 01 Full load Current of Motor 1 Unit Amp Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 40 to 120 of drive s rated current Ea This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 9096 X rated current Example The rated current for 7 5HP 5 5kW is 25 and factory setting is 22 5A The range for setting will be 10 30A 25 40 10 and 25 120 30 X Rated Power of Motor 1 kW Unit 0 01 ome SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 0 to 655 35 kW Ea It is used to se
120. 5 4 71 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Multi Function Input Command 4 MI4 Factory Setting 4 02 05 Multi Function Input Command 5 MI5 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 6 MI6 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 7 MI7 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 8 MI8 Factory Setting 0 02 25 Multi Function Input Command 9 MI9 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 10 MIA Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 11 MIB Factory Setting 0 ETE Multi Function Input Command 12 Factory Setting 0 02 29 Multi Function Input Command 13 Factory Setting 0 02 30 Multi Function Input Command 14 Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 50 Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 no function Q Q O oO 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position O e O O command 1 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position Q Q Q command 2 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position O Q O O command 3 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position O oO O O command 4 5 Reset O O O O O 6 JOG command O Q O O 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit Q C O oO 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection O G O C 9 the
121. 5 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 573 7 3 4 Store within a relative humidity range of 096 to 9096 and non condensing environment Do not turn off the air conditioner and have exsiccator for it 5 15 Affecting Other Machines AC motor drive may affect the operation of other machine due to many reasons The solutions are as follows W High Harmonic at Power Side If there is high harmonic at power side during running the improved methods are 1 Separate power system use transformer for AC motor drive 2 Use reactor at the power input terminal of AC motor drive or decrease high harmonic by multiple circuit 3 If there is phase lead capacitor it should use serial reactor to prevent capacitor damage from high harmonic 3 3 3 serial reactor T phase lead capacitor iT W Motor Temperature Rises When the motor is induction motor with ventilation cooling type used in variety speed operation bad cooling will happen in the low speed Therefore it may overheat Besides high harmonic is in output waveform to increase copper loss and iron loss Following measures should be used by load situation and operation range when necessary 1 Use the motor with independent power ventilation or increase the horsepower 2 Use inverter duty motor 3 Do NOT run in the low speed 5 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800
122. 5 S L2 VIT2 VA Motor om TIL3 W T3 WA gt 24V FWD STOP FWD REV STOP RET mud Multi step 1 M Lo VP Multi step 2 DCM z Multi step 3 iia MENDES Factory p 6M3 at eis UELLE M4 B4 PE No function MIS B1 A Finsdiivar No function MIG t Zi Digital Signal Common padres gt DCM i 2 Ss incremental encoder EH PLC a ME ot LIL Iro ona li iyo LILI vo i A2 IE iy Li Y1 B2 ivil vw o B2 phase difference is 90 wig feet EMV PGO1X Example It is recommended to set it in TP mode when VFD VE series inputs the pulse i e inputs pulse from PLC or host controller into the A2 A2 B2 and B2 on the PG card of AC motor drive to prevent the signal received interference if using input signal with open collector please use the external power such as PLC power with a pull high resistor B 20 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU The best wiring Applicable models EMV PG01X EMV PG010 jumper _ Brake resistor EMV PG01L 1 i optional No fusebreaker 41 2 B1 B2 gNFEBA 5 RL U T1 u l 7 Motor s SIL2 V T2 M Ww 3 T 3 T3 W T3 24V oaee ph Pa REV Egi a Multi step 1 WIPO ae 1 e MI1 1 Multi step 2 DCMOH H Multi step 3 des NAMES i i Factoryn p k MI3 ALO H gm setting Mu
123. 535 09 22 Display Digital Value of Analog Output 2 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 4095 4 170 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7573 Display Digital Value of Analog Output 3 Contra VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 4095 Ea Pr 09 22 and Pr 09 23 are used to communicate with multi function extension card EMV APP01 Refer to Appendix B for details Ea When Pr 09 22 and Pr 09 23 are set to 4095 it corresponds to 10V Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4471 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 Bal Group 10 PID Control In this group ASR is short for the Auto Speed Regulation and PG is short for Pulse Generator 10 00 Encoder Pulse Unit 1 Contro yepg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 600 mode Settings 1 to 20000 Max 20000 for 2 pole motor Ea A Pulse Generator PG or encoder is used as a sensor that provides a feedback signal of the motor speed This parameter defines the number of pulses for each cycle of the PG control 10 01 Encoder Input Type Setting Control vrPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run
124. 7 Forgetting Passwrod 00 07 Displays 00 when 3chancesto enter the correct entering correct password password into 1sttime displays 01 if Pr 00 07 password is incorrect OG 2nd time displays 02 if After entering 9999 press DA password is incorrect 3rd time displays P code and repeat it again enter 9999 blinking press PROG INA to decode The parameter setting will be set to facto ry setting If the password was entered incorrectly after three tries the key pad will be locked Turn the power OFF ON to re enter the password 00 09 X Energy Saving Gain Unit 1 Control rocpg Factory setting 100 mode Settings 10 1000 Ea When Pr 00 19 is set to1 this parameter can be used for energy saving The setting should be decreased when the energy saving is not well When the motor is vibrated the setting should be increased EZE Control Method Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 V f control 1 V f Encoder VFPG Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 53 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG B This parameter determines the control method of the AC motor drive Setting 0 user can design V f ratio by requirement and control multiple motor
125. 7 09 frre Synchronization speed detection Current Limit for Frequency command before B B Speed Search FWD Run Time B B B B Search with last output frequency downward timing chart 4 124 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 0 Input B B signal Output frequency H bd 1 i Stop output voltage 1 1 Output voltage e 3 Disable B B signal 3j 2 Waiting time 08 07 outputcurrent Ai 07 09 Current Limit Speed Search for Speed Search Speed A Synchronization speed detection Time FWD Run B B Outputfrequency H i O Input B B signal Q Stop voltage output r Disable B B signal a f AM Waiting time Pr 07 08 i i i Output current Speed search Synchronization speed detection 06 03 Over Current Stall Prevention during Accel i FWD Run i 1 0 gt Time B B B B Search with minimum output frequency upward timing chart X Current Limit for Speed Search Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 150 Settings 20 to 20096 Ea Following a momentary power loss the AC motor drive will start its speed search operation only if the output current is greater than the value set by Pr 8 07 Wh
126. 7 37 3d Selection Note C4 1 When the AC Motor Drive is connected directly to a large capacity power transformer 600kVA or above or when a phase lead capacitor is switched excess peak currents may occur in the power input circuit and the converter section may be damaged To avoid this use an AC input reactor optional before AC Motor Drive mains input to reduce the current and improve the input power efficiency When a special motor is used or more than one motor is driven in parallel with a single AC Motor Drive select the AC Motor Drive current 21 25x Sum of the motor rated currents The starting and accel decel characteristics of a motor are limited by the rated current and the overload protection of the AC Motor Drive Compared to running the motor D O L Direct On Line a lower starting torque output with AC Motor Drive can be expected If higher starting torque is required such as for elevators mixers tooling machines etc use an AC Motor Drive of higher capacity or increase the capacities for both the motor and the AC Motor Drive When an error occurs on the drive a protective circuit will be activated and the AC Motor Drive output is turned off Then the motor will coast to stop For an emergency stop an external mechanical brake is needed to quickly stop the motor Parameter Settings Note 1 The AC Motor Drive can be driven at an output frequency up to 400Hz less for some models with the digital keypad Set
127. 80V for 460V models and the mains supply current capacity must be lt 5000A RMS lt 10000A RMS for the gt 40hp 30kW models CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Table of Contents Prefa e a aaas aranea e ed ted coc dace d det ed i Table of Contents isinira niaaa eni eene nennen nennen nnn nenne nnns iii Chapter 1 Introduction 2 nn accen ecu za ca eua oddadan aana 1 1 1 1 Receiving and Inspection sssssssssssseeeeemeereern 1 2 1 1 1 Nameplate Information 1 2 1 1 2 Model Explanation ssssssssssseeeeneneenn 1 2 1 1 3 Series Number Explanation sss 1 3 1 1 4 Drive Frames and Appearances ssssssssssseee 1 3 1 2 Preparation for Installation and Wiring ssssssesssss 1 4 1 2 1 Ambient Conditions sesseeeee emen 1 4 1 2 2 Remove Keypad ccccccccceceeeeeseecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeeee 1 6 1 2 3 Remove Front Cover sssessesseeeee emen 1 7 1 24 Eiflinigiiis ee Rb eM 1 8 1 3 DIMENSIONS TREE 1 9 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring eene 2 1 2 4 Wiring RE eiie ade tte ueri E ea aid 2 2 2 2 External Wiring 5 5 niue tee Eire Mee eet eerie eid 2 4 2 3 Main GIICUiL 2 2 Need see eec euenire tete yet eget 2 5 2 3 1 Main Circuit Connection 00 eee ceeeceeeeeneeeeeena
128. 945 i P P A A lt e amp H LH je E a zd n nm alee St 5i e mi I AAA B 8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 373 B 2 No fuse Circuit Breaker Chart For 3 phase drives the current rating of the breaker shall be within 2 4 times maximum input current rating Refer to Appendix A for rated input current 3 phase Model bud erties Model Pus ee run VFD007V23A 2 10 VFD110V43B 2 50 VFD007V43A 2 5 VFD150V23A 2 125 VFD015V23A 2 15 VFD150V43A 2 60 VFD015V43A 2 10 VFD185V23A 2 150 VFD022V23A 2 30 VFD185V43A 2 75 VFD022V43A 2 15 VFD220V23A 2 175 VFD037V23A 2 40 VFD220V43A 2 100 VFD037V43A 2 20 VFD300V23A 2 225 VFD055V23A 2 50 VFD300V43A 2 125 VFD055V43A 2 30 VFD370V23A 2 250 VFD075V23A 2 60 VFD370V43A 2 150 VFD075V43A 2 40 VFD450V43A 2 175 VFD110V23A 2 100 VFD550V43C 2 250 VFD110V43A 2 50 VFD750V43C 2 300 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 9 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 B 3 Fuse Specification Chart Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted WIE I A 1 A Line Fuse Input Output 1 A Bussmann P N VFD007V2
129. 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 6 1 Fault Code Information The AC motor drive has a comprehensive fault diagnostic system that includes several different alarms and fault messages Once a fault is detected the corresponding protective functions will be activated The following faults are displayed as shown on the AC motor drive digital keypad display The six most recent faults can be read from the digital keypad or communication gt Iram Wait 5 seconds after a fault has been cleared before performing reset via keypad of input terminal 6 1 1 Common Problems and Solutions Fault Name Over current during acceleration Output current exceeds triple rated current during acceleration oc Over current during deceleration Output current ocd exceeds triple rated current during deceleration Over current during steady state operation Output current exceeds triple rated current during constant speed ocn Hardware failure in oc5 current detection Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output lines Acceleration Time too short Increase the Acceleration Time AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power m
130. A 2 B B2 5hp 3 7kW VFD037V23A 43A 2 C 7 5 15hp 5 5 11kW VFD055V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 40 60hp 30 45kW VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 D 15 30hp 11 22kW E E1 E E2 40 100hp 30 75kW Please refer to Chapter 1 3 for exact dimensions 1 2 Preparation for Installation and Wiring 1 2 1 Ambient Conditions Install the AC motor drive in an environment with the following conditions 14 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Air Temperature Relative Humidity Atmosphere pressure Installation Site Altitude Operation Vibration Temperature Storage Relative Humidity Transportation Atmosphere pressure Vibration Pollution Degree Minimum Mounting Clearances http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 77 37 4 10 40 C 14 122 F lt 90 no condensation allowed 86 106 kPa lt 1000m 20Hz 9 80 m s 1G max 20 50Hz 5 88 m s 0 6G max 20 C 60 C 4 F 140 F lt 90 no condensation allowed 86 106 kPa lt 20Hz 9 80 m s 1G max 20 50Hz 5 88 m s 0 6G max 2 good for a factory type environment Air Flow
131. Belt Detection Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 0 0 3000 0 m min EIE Allowance Difference of Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 mode Settings 1 0 6000 0 mm 08 62 Detection Time of Broken Belt Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 100 00 sec LL Pr 08 59 is only valid when Pr 08 39 is not set to O and Pr 08 42 is set to 0 Q When the broken belt detection is enabled line speed is higher than Pr 08 60 allowance difference of reel diameter of broken belt detection exceeds Pr 08 61 and detection time of broken belt exceeds Pr 08 62 the broken belt occurs When the broken belt occurs it will display bEb with free running It can be used with the multi function output terminal setting 46 for broken belt detection 4 152 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 173 3 MESSE Allowance Error Level of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 0 100956 En The corresponding value for the 10096 of tension feedback is 10V 08 64 Allowance Error Detection Time of Tension Line Speed PID Unit 0 1 Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 5 mode Settings 0 0 10 0 sec 08 65 Error Tre
132. C drive will stop accelerating and keep the output frequency constant until the current drops below the maximum value 06 03 Over Current Detection Level current a eee ieee i Output Frequency ver Current Stal I Ls iprevention during Acceleration i ifrequency held L time actual acceleration time when over current stall prevention is enabled ETE X Over current Stall Prevention during Operation Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 170 mode Settings 00 to 250 100 drive s rated current Ea If the output current exceeds the setting specified in Pr 06 04 when the drive is operating the drive will decrease its output frequency to prevent the motor stall If the output current is lower than the setting specified in Pr 06 04 the drive will accelerate again to catch up with the set frequency command value Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4411 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J Over Current Stall Prevention during Operation output frequency decrease Output Current Over Current Detection Level 06 04 R Output Frequency Time over current stall prevention during operation a X Accel Decel Time Selection of Stall Prevention at Constant Speed Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 0 mode Settings by current accel decel time by the 1 accel decel time by the 2
133. CAEL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com DELTA ELECTRONICS INC T F ET P E a R Qhia p 4 awe pe J High Performance Field Oriented Control AC Motor Drives d i f Power Range 3 phase 230V series 0 75 37kW 1 0 50HP 3 phase 460V series 0 75 75kW 1 0 100HP CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com i CALL NOW 800 985 6929 DELTA DELTA ELECTRONICS INC www delta com tw industrialautomation ASIA Delta Electronics Inc Taoyuan1 31 1 Xingbang Road Guishan Industrial Zone Taoyuan County 33370 Taiwan R O C TEL 886 3 362 6301 FAX 886 3 362 7267 Delta Electronics Jiang Su Ltd Wujiang Plant3 1688 Jiangxing East Road Wujiang Economy Development Zone Wujiang City Jiang Su Province People s Republic of China Post code 215200 TEL 86 512 6340 3008 FAX 86 769 6340 7290 Delta Electronics Japan Inc Tokyo Office Delta Shibadaimon Building 2 1 14 Shibadaimon Minato Ku Tokyo 105 0012 Japan TEL 81 3 5733 1111 FAX 81 3 5733 1211 Delta Electronics Korea Inc 234 9 Duck Soo BD 7F Nonhyun dong Kangnam ku Seoul Korea Post code 135 010 TEL 82 2 515 5303 5 FAX 82 2 515 5302 Delta Electronics Singapore Pte Ltd 8 Kaki Bukit Road 2 04 18 Ruby Warehouse Complex Singapore 417841 TEL 65 6747 5155 FAX 65 6744 9228 Delta Energy Systems India Pvt Ltd Plot No 27 amp 31 Sector 34 EHTP
134. CPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 1 to 10000 It is used to set the coil number that a reel needs to increase a layer 08 51 Material Thickness Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 000 Settings 0 001 to 60 000mm It is used to set the thickness of the material Ca M Filter Time of Reel Diameter Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 00 Settings 0 00 to 100 00 sec gq This parameter can be used to improve unstable of the source of reel diameter Pr 08 42 4 150 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 ECTS Auto Compensation of Reel Diameter Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable Ea This parameter is only valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 and Pr 08 37 is not set to 0 It can use this parameter for auto compensation of reel diameter when the mechanical gear ratio or line speed can t be accurate 08 54 X Current Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 1 0 to 6000 0 mm Ea When the AC motor drive is not at STOP this parameter is read only ET Smart Start Function Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction ET Switc
135. Departure Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 S curve for Deceleration Arrival Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 2 0 0 mode Settings 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec aa It is used to give the smoothest transition between speed changes The accel decel curve can adjust the S curve of the accel decel When it is enabled the drive will have different accel decel curve by the accel decel time Ea The S curve function is disabled when accel decel time is set to 0 Ea When the selected accel time gt Pr 01 24 and Pr 01 25 The Actual Accel Time selected accel Time Pr 01 24 Pr 01 25 2 ca When the selected decel time gt Pr 01 26 and Pr 01 27 The Actual Decel Time selected decel Time Pr 01 26 Pr 01 27 2 Frequency 01 25 01 26 Zg 01 24 01 27 pm E713 Skip Frequency 1 upper limit Unit 0 01 IRTA Skip Frequency 1 lower limit Unit 0 01 MEST Skip Frequency 2 upper limit Unit 0 01 4 68 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Skip Frequency 2 lower limit EXP AME Skip Frequency 3 upper limit LESES Skip Frequency 3 lower limit Control VF VFPG SVC mode FOCPG Settings 0 00 600 00Hz http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 3 Unit 0 01 Unit 0 01 Unit 0 01 Factory Setting 0 00 Ea These parameters are used to set the skip frequency of the AC drive
136. FD370V23A 2 180TDS84C N Installation All electrical equipment including AC motor drives will generate high frequency low frequency noise and will interfere with peripheral equipment by radiation or conduction when in operation By using an EMI filter with correct installation much interference can be eliminated It is recommended to use DELTA EMI filter to have the best interference elimination performance We assure that it can comply with following rules when AC motor drive and EMI filter are installed and wired according to user manual 7 EN61000 6 4 L EN61800 3 1996 A11 2000 L EN55011 1991 Class A Group 1 as Environment restricted distribution General precaution 1 EMI filter and AC motor drive should be installed on the same metal plate 2 Please install AC motor drive on footprint EMI filter or install EMI filter as close as possible to the AC motor drive 3 Please wire as short as possible B 30 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU 4 Metal plate should be grounded 5 The cover of EMI filter and AC motor drive or grounding should be fixed on the metal plate and the contact area should be as large as possible Choose suitable motor cable and precautions Improper installation and choice of motor cable will affect the performance of EMI filter Be sure to observe the following precaut
137. FF contact is open Settings Functions Descriptions 0 No Function Multi step speed 1 command 1 multi step position command 1 Multi step speed 2 command 2 multi step 15 step speeds could be conducted through the digital statuses position command 2 of the 4 terminals and 17 in total if the master speed and JOG are included Refer to Pr 04 00 04 29 Multi step speed 3 command 3 multi step position command 3 Multi step speed 4 command 4 multi step position command 4 After the error of the drive is eliminated use this terminal to 5 Reset reset the drive 6 JOG Command JOG operation __ When this function is enabled acceleration and deceleration is 7 Accelera on decleration stopped and the AC motor drive start to accel decel from the Speed Inhibit E cect inhibit point The 1 2 acceleration The acceleration deceleration time of the drive could be 8 or deceleration time selected from this function or the digital statuses of the selection terminals there are 4 acceleration deceleration speeds in total for selection The 3 4 acceleration 9 or deceleration time selection 10 EF Input External fault input terminal When this contact is ON output of the drive will be cut off 11 B B Input immediately and the motor will be free run and display B B signal Refer to Pr 07 08 for details If this contact is ON output of the drive will be cut off 12 Output Stop immediately and th
138. FOCPG TACPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40 Hz X ASR Auto Speed Regulation control I 1 Unit 0 001 Control yepg FOCPG TOCPG Factory Setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec A ASR Auto Speed Regulation control P 2 Unit 0 1 Control yepg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz MW ASR Auto Speed Regulation control I 2 Unit 0 001 control VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100 Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec EZI P Gain of Zero Speed Unit 1 Control yepg FocPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 173 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 7 3 M Gain of Zero Speed Unit 0 001 Contro yepg FOCPG TOCPG Factory Setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec ET X ASR 1 ASR2 Switch Frequency Unit 0 01 Contro VFPG rocpc TOCPG Factory Setting 7 00 mode Settings 5 00 o 600 00Hz Lj When Pr 11 00 is set to bitO 1 ASR Pr 10 04 10 07 and Pr 10 21 10 22 are read only an ASR P determines Proportional control and associated gain P ASR I determines integral control and associated gain l En When integral time is set to O it is disabled Pr 10 08 defines the switch frequency for the ASR1 Pr 10 04 Pr 10 05 and ASR2 Pr 10 06 Pr 10 07 PI 10 21 10 22 10 04 10 05 10 06 10 07 OHz 5Hz 10 08 H
139. FPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 mode Settings 0 Operate with a Inverter Motor forced external cooling 1 Operate with a Standard Motor self cooled by fan 2 Disabled Aa It is used to prevent self cooled motor overheats under low speed User can use electrical thermal relay to limit driver s output power 06 14 X Electronic Thermal Characteristic for Motor 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 30 0 to 600 0 sec 06 28 M Electronic Thermal Characteristic for Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 30 0 to 600 0 sec Q The parameter is set by the 150 of motor rated current and the setting of Pr 06 14 and Pr 06 28 to prevent the motor damaged from overheating When it reaches the setting it will display EoL1 EoL2 and the motor will be in free running Operation time min 3 ial 60Hz or more 5 d 50Hz 3 10Hz L 1 Load 0 20 40 60 80100120140160180200 factor 4 114 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 3 06 15 A Heat Sink Over heat OH Warning Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 85 0 Settings 0 0 to 110 0 C EX Stall Prevention Limit Level Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 50 mode Settings 0 to 100 refer
140. Function Input 11 B B input 0 O Command 6 MI6 specific terminal for 12 Output stop 7 TRG 02 23 Multi Function Input 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 O Olo O Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 02 24 Multi Functioni Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 0 o O Command 8 0225 Multi Function Input 15 operation speed command form AVI o OJ OO O Command 9 02 26 Multi Function Input 16 operation speed command form ACI o oO oOJjo O Command 10 02 27 Muit Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI 0 OJO O Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input 0 O O oO Command 12 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input pu 0 O O O O Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 Multi Function Input ENDS 0 Command 14 20 Digital Down command 21 PID function disabled 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQC PG FOC PG model selection O 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection 28 Emergency stop EF1 O 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41
141. Gurgaon 122001 Haryana India TEL 91 124 4169040 FAX 91 124 4036045 AMERICA Delta Products Corporation USA Raleigh Office P O Box 12173 5101 Davis Drive Research Triangle Park NC 27709 U S A TEL 1 919 767 3813 FAX 1 919 767 3969 EUROPE Deltronics Netherlands B V Eindhoven Office De Witbogt 15 5652 AG Eindhoven The Netherlands TEL 31 40 259 28 50 FAX 31 40 259 28 51 We reserve the right to change the information in this manual without prior notice http www automatedpt com 5011653104 200812 31 O4VE CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Vra ZA CA jenuey asn SOALIG 10 0 OV 0 1002 pe1ueuo pjal4 eoueuuoneg uBiH CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Preface Thank you for choosing DELTA s high performance VFD VE Series The VFD VE Series is manufactured with high quality components and materials and incorporates the latest microprocessor technology available This manual is to be used for the installation parameter setting troubleshooting and daily maintenance of the AC motor drive To guarantee safe operation of the equipment read the following safety guidelines before connecting power to the AC motor drive Keep this operating manual at hand and distribute to all users for reference To ensure the safety of operators and
142. HP above 18 TH1 open loop error tH10 19 TH2 open loop error tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL 150 1Min 22 Motor 1 over load EoL1 23 Motor 2 over load EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Insufficient torque 1 29 Insufficient torque 2 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detection error cd 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error Hd0 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Software error ccodE 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb Filter Time for PTC Detection 0
143. Hz to jog frequency Pr 01 22 When the jog command is OFF the AC motor drive will decelerate from Jog Frequency to zero The used Accel Decel time is set by the Jog Accel Decel time Pr 01 20 Pr 01 21 Ea The JOG command can t be executed when the AC motor drive is running In the same way when the JOG command is executing other operation commands are invalid except forward reverse commands and STOP key on the digital keypad 01 23 M 1st 4th Accel decel Frequency Unit 0 01 contro VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea This parameter selects the frequency point for transition from acceleration deceleration time 1 to acceleration deceleration time 4 Ea The transition from acceleration deceleration time 1 to acceleration deceleration time 4 may also be enabled by the external terminals Pr 02 01 to 02 08 The external terminal has priority over Pr 01 23 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 67 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J Frequency 1stAcceleration Time 1st Deceleration Time EET dI gee 1st 4th Acceleration Deceleration 4th Deceleration 4th Acceleration Time Freq Time 1st 4th Acceleration Deceleration Switching S curve for Acceleration Departure Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 A S curve for Acceleration Arrival Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 A S curve for Deceleration
144. I I The level for DEB return time Lv 30V 58V 0 NTT 1 I The level for soft start relay to be ON I Lv 30 Lv level 1 Soft start relay at power side DEB function is activated l 1 Output frequency H I 1 Pr 07 13 Decel time selection for Ned momentary power loss 07 14 DEBreturn time gt ta For example in textile machinery you will hope that all the machines can be decelerated to stop to prevent broken stitching when power loss In this case the host controller will send a message to the AC motor drive to use DEB function with deceleration time via EF 07 15 A Dwell Time at Accel Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec 07 16 A Dwell Frequency at Accel Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz 07 17 A Dwell Time at Decel Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec 07 18 A Dwell Frequency at Decel Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz LL In the heavy load situation Dwell can make stable output frequency temporarily LLI Pr 07 15 to Pr 07 18 is for heavy load to prevent OV or OC occurs 4 128 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www
145. L CM Um 1 Analog Signal Common oc us Analog Multi function Output Terminal AFM analog output selection AFM c1 RS 485 serial communication 0 10VDC 2mA AFM Switch 1 EV Make sure that power is OFF ACM 2 GND For communication before changing the switch Analog Signal cotton 3 SG it needs to use setting J219 4 SG VFD USB01 IFD8500 0 10V Ear 0 20mA 5 NC toconnectto PC 6 NC Main circuit power terminals Control circuit terminals Shielded leads amp Cable I Meza The brake resistor is built in to model VFD110V43B 2 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Fuse NFB No Fuse Breaker CALL NOW 800 985 6929 R L1 S L2 T L3 Recommended Circuit when power supply iis turned OFF bya fault output If the fault occurs the contact will be ON to turn OFF off the power and protect the power system l Factory setting FWD STOP SINK Mode REV STOP Sink t fsm Multi step 1 Factory Source setting Multi step 2 Please refer to i Figure 3 for wiring Multi step 3 of SINK mode and Multi step 4 SOURCEmode F l No function No function SA ON MC MC Digital Signal Common Don t apply the mains voltage directly to above terminals ACI current voltage selection ACI Switch 3 Make sure that power is OFF before changing the switch 5KQO
146. Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O Pulse Number for Each 0 0 6000 0 pulse m 0 0 O O 08 40 Meter 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 Q O Oo 08 42 Source of Reel Diameter 0 Calculated by line speed 0 oO O O 1 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 08 43 Max Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 6000 0 O O O 08 44 Empty Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 OJ O O 08 45 Source of Initial Reel 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 0 Q O O Diameter 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 08 46 Initial Reel Diameter 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 Oo C 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 Oo Q 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O Q 08 49 Number of Pulse per 1 10000ppr 1 O Revolution Coil Number for Each 0 001 60 000mm 1 000 O O O 08 50 Layer 08 51 Material Thickness 0 001 60 000mm 1 000 D x 08 52 Filter Time of Reel 0 00 to 100 00 seconds 1 00 Oo O Diameter 08 53 Auto Compensation of 0 Disable 1 00 O O Reel Diameter 1 Enable x 08 54 Current Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O e 08 55 Smart Start Function 0 Disable OQ O 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 56 Switch Level for Smart 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 15 0 O O Cy z Start and PID function 08 57 Frequency for Smart Start 0
147. Mi d3 lt dq e Gab Ml d4 Eo Ho o4 4H output Pot YN NI frequency i i 10 19 04 27 04 26 O04 position multi multi 12th step Home position position Speed 13 12 frequency speed mode position mode Run MI d34 MI d35 i MI d1 x i5 15 MI d2 pL c d A MI d3 Ud aA MI 4 L I4 d4 114 ja Master RES M frequency Output i r frequency 04 12 l 13thstep 04 27 on Speed multi Mu ih frequency position position 13 12 When the contact is ON the AC motor drive will start to execute internal position control by Pr 10 19 The decel time of 35 Enable position control i ositioning is decided by Pr 10 24 and the positioning direction is by the motor direction Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 77 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 Al Settings Functions Descriptions i 1 Output 0 24 frequency l PG 10 00 10 01 i RUN Mi d35 1 MOo d39 7 s Output frequency PG feedback 10 00 10 01 RUN RUN RUN Ml d35_ MO d399 op o Enable multi step 36 position learning function valid at stop 4 78 When the contact is ON it will select the corresponding multi position by the ON OFF status of multi function inputs 1 4 and written the current motor position into the corresponding multi
148. Mode AUI 4 Serve bias as the center 03 09 Me Input Gain 1 oo 0 500 0 1000 O O O O 703 10 ACIE InputGain2 5o o oo gej 100 0 olo o 0841 rra Input Gain3 5oo o 500 oo v0 olojlo o o ACI AVI2 Selection 0 ACI 0 O O O O Mte 4 AVI2 Analog Input Delay 0 01 Q A 03 13 Time AVI 0 00 2 00 sec Analog Input Delay 0 01 O 03 14 Time ACI 0 00 2 00 sec Analog Input Delay ios 0 01 O Oo oO O O A 03 15 Time AUI 0 00 2 00 sec 403 16 Addition Function of 0 Disable AVI ACI AUI O O the Analog Input 1 Enable x03 17 Loss of the ACI Signal 0 Disable 0 O e 1 Continue operation at the last frequency 2 Decelerate to stop 3 Stop immediately and display E F 103 18 Analog Output 1 0 Output frequency Hz 0 1 Frequency command Hz W03 21 Analog Output 2 2 Motor speed Hz 3 Output current rms O 03 24 Analog Output 3 4 Output voltage c 5 DC Bus Voltage Oo 6 Power factor O 7 Power 8 Output torque Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 9 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 2 V a z 5 ictory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 9 AVI oO O 10 9 11 O O 12 q axis current 9 O 13 q axis feedback value Q O 14 d axis current Q o 15 d axis feedback value o O 16 q axis voltage O O
149. O 460V 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 07 01 DC Brake Current 0 100 0 O Oo Level M 07 02 DC Brake Time at 0 0 60 0 sec 0 0 O Qo Start up 07 03 DC Brake Time at 0 0 60 0 sec 0 0 Oo D Stop 07 04 Start point for DC 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O Brake 07 05 Proportional Gain for 1 500 50 O Q Oo DC Brake Momentary Power 0 Operation stop after momentary power loss 0 O O OQ O O 07 06 7 Loss Operation 1 Operation continues after momentary power loss Selection speed search starts with the Master Frequency reference value 2 Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the minimum frequency Maximum Allowable 0 1 5 0 sec 2 0 O O O 07 07 Power Loss Time 7 07 08 B B Time for Speed 0 1 5 0 sec 0 5 C O O Search Current Limit for 20 200 150 OJO O O O a 07 09 Speed Search 07 10 Base block Speed 0 Stop operation 0 O Oo OQ O c Search Speed search starts with last frequency command 2 Speed search starts with minimum output frequency Auto Restart after 0 10 0 O O oO O O A07 11 Fault 07 12 Speed Search during 0 Disable 0 G O O e Start up 1 Speed search from maximum frequency 2 Speed search from start up frequency 3 Speed search from minimum frequency 07 13 Decel Time Selection Disable 0 C O O O O for Momentary Power decel time Loss decel time decel time decel time 07 14 DEB Return Time 0 0 O C 07 15 Dwell Time at Accel 0 00 600 00sec 0 00 O O 07 16 Dwell Frequency at 0 00 600 00Hz 0
150. ON the activation current is 6 5mA and OFF leakage current tolerance is 10pA MO3 MOA Multi function output terminals photocoupler The AC motor drive outputs each monitor signal such as during operation frequency attained and overload by transistor with open collector Please refer to Pr 03 35 to Pr 03 42 for details MO3 MOA MCM Max 48Vdc 50mA MO3 MOA lt v A MCM internal circuit MCM Multi function output common terminal Max 48Vdc 50mA Pra This MCM terminal is only used with MO3 MOA on EMV APP01 Please do NOT confuse with terminal MCM Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 41 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 3 B 10 2 Dimensions B 10 3 Wiring 5485588 L refer to Pr 02 35 to Pr 02 42 refer to Pr 03 21 to Pr 03 24 refer to Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 27 When wiring please refer to the multi function input output function in parameters group 02 and group 03 of chapter 4 parameters to set by your applications Analog signal common Output power Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com B 42 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive The choice of the right AC motor drive for the application is very important and has great influence on its lif
151. ON the drive will ramp to stop by Pr 07 36 setting 19 Digital Up command When the contact is ON the frequency will be increased and decreased If this function keeps ON the frequency will be 20 Digital Down command increased decreased by Pr 02 07 Pr 02 08 21 PID function disabled When the contact is ON the PID function is disabled When the contact is ON it will clear current counter value and 22 Clear counter display 0 Only when this function is disabled it will keep counting upward Input the counter walle The counter value will increase 1 once the contact is ON It 23 multi function input needs to be used with Pr 02 16 command 6 i When the contact is ON the drive will execute forward Jog 24 FWD JOG command command 25 REV JOG command When the contact is ON the drive will execute reverse Jog command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode When the contact is ON TQCPG mode selection Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 When the contact is OFF FOCPG mode 4 75 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 7 4 Settings Functions Descriptions RUN STOP command Multi func tion input terminal is setto 26 torque speed mode switch 03 00 03 1 speed Speed limit speed speed limit AVI AUL ACI is command command frequency command 03 00 03 2 torque torque AV AU ACIis limit torque limit torque torque command
152. OW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up UU i Step 4 Inertia estimation Connect the load and motor Adjust accel decel time Pr 01 12 01 13 Pr 11 00 2 If it allows the motor NO go eae of i A oe ice rated frequency and operation i 9 frequency to 4 5 of rated frequency YES Y 1 Setthe operation frequency to 2 3 of motor rated operate the motor i i frequency i operate the motor observe Pr 11 01 and set Pr 02 10 to 4or 0 observe Pr 11 01 i h and adjust the operation direction Check if Pr 11 01 NO Check accel decel time i gt setting is and operation frequency convergence setting f YES i Y Stop motor running i record Pr 11 01 i i Pr 11 00 0 v Finish trial run Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 3 9 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up I2 V4 3 2 2 Explanations for the Tuning Steps 3 3 2 1 Step 1 Basic parameters settings for the motor W Make sure that Pr 00 00 identity code of the AC motor drive corresponds with the nameplate indicated on the AC motor drive W Make sure that all parameters are reset to factor
153. Run in low speed continuously Yes Please use specific motor No Y If load is too large Reduce load or increase the capacity of AC motor drive No Y Check if output v is balanced oltage of U V WNYeS Motor has malfunction No kd Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 7 37 3 5 13 Electromagnetic Induction Noise There are many noises surround the AC motor drives and invade it by radiation or power circuit It may cause the misoperation of control circuit and even damage the AC motor drive Of course that is a solution to increase the noise tolerance of AC motor drive But it is not the best one due to the limit Therefore solve it from the outside as following will be the best 1 2 Add surge killer on the relay or contact to suppress switching surge between ON OFF Shorten the wiring length of the control circuit or serial circuit and separate from the main circuit wiring Comply with the wiring regulation for those shielded wire and use isolation amplifier for long wire The grounding terminal should comply with the local regulation and ground independently i e not to have common ground with electric welding machine and power equipment Connect a no
154. SR and APR 0 O C bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode 11 00 System Control bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved Per Unit of System 1 765535 256 1PU 400 O 11 01 inertia 11 02 Low speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 11 03 High speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 11 04 PDFF Gain Value 0 200 30 Gain Value of Flux 0 200 90 11 05 Weakening Curve for Motor 1 Gain Value of Flux 0 200 90 O O 11 06 Weakening Curve for Motor 2 Detection Time for 0 01 600 00 sec 0 20 O 8 O O O 411 07 Phase loss 11 08 Reserved 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 60 0 O O 9 oO Speed Feed Forward 0 100 0 M 11 10 Gain 11 11 Zero speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 O oO 41 12 Speed Response of 0 Disable 65 ais Flux Weakening Area _ 0 150 11 13 Notch Filter Depth 0 20db 0 A11 14 Notch Filter Frequency 0 00 200 00 0 00 O Gain Value of Slip 2 11 15 Compensation 0 00 1 00 1 00 e Low pass Filter Time 2 E 3 11 16 of Keypad Display 0 001 65 535sec 0 100 3 C O O C Low pass Filter Time 8s D E A 11 17 of PG2 Pulse Input 0 000 65 535sec 0 100 O Q O A11 18 APR Gain 0 00 40 00 10 00 O x 11 19 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 11 20 Reserved 11 28 Accumulative p 3 ns 2 11 29 Operation Time of 0 65535 hour 0 5lo Oo Phase loss 4 24 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Pr Explanation Settings Sains VF VFPG svc
155. Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection 44 Reset initial reel diameter e 4 30 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Pr Explanation CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Settings Chapter 4 Parameters Factory Setting http www automatedpt com VF VFPG SVC FOCPG A a Reset initial reel diameter 0 r a Reset initial reel diameter 1 A 3 Reset PID control integration of tension A co Mechanical gear ratio switch rs o Reserved a eo Reserved A 02 11 Multi function Output 1 RA RB RC Relay1 No function Operation indication 02 12 Multi function Output 2 MRA MRC Relay2 Operation speed attained Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 A 02 13 Multi function Output 3 MO1 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 Zero speed frequency command Zero speed with stop frequency command Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 oe I Of al A of rol alo Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 A 02 14 Multi function Output 4 MO2 o Drive ready o User defined Low voltage Detection Malfunction indication 02 35 Multi function Output 5 MO3 N Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 D Overheat AR Software brake signal 02 36 Multi function
156. Setting ur FOCPG TQCPG 08 00 Input Terminal for PID Feedback 0 No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 A 08 01 Proportional Gain P 0 0 500 0 80 0 08 21 Tension Control Selection 0 Disable 1 Closed loop speed mode 2 Line speed speed mode 3 Reserved 4 Open loop torque mode 08 22 Wind Mode 0 Rewind 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear Ratio A 1 65535 1000 O JOJjJO 4 34 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 S Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 08 24 Mechanical Gear Ratio 1 65535 100 JO O FO O o 08 25 Source of the Tension 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 0 o j O O Command Line Speed 1 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 ai Ix bd bad 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02
157. Stator inductance Lx 0 6553 5mH O Oo of Motor 1 05 13 Full load Current of 40 120 HHH C O O oO O Motor 2 A M 05 44 eg Power of Motor 2 0 655 35 HHH c Oo 05 17 No load Current of 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 SGH e Oo Oo Motor 2 A 05 18 StatorResistance Rs 0 65 5350 THE O Q of Motor 2 05 19 Rotor Resistance Rr of 0 65 5359 HHHH O O O Motor 2 05 20 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH Lx C O um Lm of Motor 2 05 21 Stator Inductance Lx 0 6553 5mH O of Motor 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 41 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Group 6 Protection Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 06 03 Over current Stall Prevention during Acceleration 00 250 100 drive s rated current TO O O O A 06 04 Over current Stall Prevention during Operation 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O O 06 07 Over torque Detection Level OT1 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 Oo O O oO O 06 10 Over torque Detection Level OT2 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O Olo O O A 06 12 Current Limit 0 250 100 drive s rated current 150 D O 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault ver current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Re
158. TQCPG Setting 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault Record 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS OJ O OJO 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT over heat oH1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault Record 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40HP above o 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 OJ O O 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL 1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detection error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error HdO 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41
159. V 23 A 2 L VFD VE Series Version Type Mains Input Voltage 23 230V Three phase 43 460V Three phase Vector Series Applicable motor capacity 007 1 HP 0 7kW 015 2 HP 1 5kW 022 3 HP 2 2kW 037 5 HP 3 7kW 055 7 5HP 5 5kW 075 10 HP 7 5kW 110 15 HPHARW 150 20HP 15kW 185 25 HP 18 5kW 220 30 HP 22kW 300 40HP 30kW 370 50 HP 37kW 450 SoHE ASW 550 75HP 55kW 750 100HP 75kW Series Name Variable Frequency Drive Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction Vail 1 1 3 Series Number Explanation 037V23A2 T 7 36 0001 Production number Production week Production year 2007 Production factory T Taoyuan W Wujian Model 230V 3 phase 5HP 3 7kW If the nameplate information does not correspond to your purchase order or if there are any problems please contact your distributor 1 1 4 Drive Frames and Appearances 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 1 3 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction z J 7 A 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E Frame Power range Models VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 B B1 1 3hp 0 75 2 2kW VFD022V23A 43
160. VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 21 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 actory vr vepG svc Focp racPG Pr Explanation Settings Setting x 09 20 Block Transfer 10 0 65535 0 O O 09 21 Multi function Output 0 65535 Read C oO Oo O O Status only 09 22 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O O O of Analog Output 2 only 09 23 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O oO O of Analog Output 3 only 4 22 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Factory Chapter 4 Parameters I http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 10 00 Encoder Pulse 1 20000 600 O 10 01 Encoder Input Type 0 Disable 0 Q Setting 1 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 5 Single phase input WA0 02 Encod
161. VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Ramp to stop 1 Coast to stop Ea The parameter determines how the motor is stopped when the AC motor drive receives a valid stop command Frequency Frequency Output Frequency Pee enc Motor Rotation MOr n Speed Speed Time Time Stopsaccordingto Free running 1 Operation deceleration time more sei Operation to stop mw 1 Command more sei STOP 1 Command mw 1 STOP 1 Ramp to Stop and Coast to Stop Ramp to stop the AC motor drive decelerates from the maximum output frequency Pr 01 00 to minimum output frequency Pr 01 09 according to the deceleration time and then stop Coast to stop the AC motor drive stops the output instantly upon a STOP command and the motor free runs until it comes to a complete standstill Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 59 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 1 It is recommended to use ramp to stop for safely of personnel or to prevent material from being wasted in applications where the motor has to stop after the drive is stopped The deceleration time has to be set accordingly 2 If the motor free running is allowed or the load inertia is large it is recommended to select coast to stop For example blowers punching machines and pumps The stop method of the torque control is also set by Pr 00 22 E
162. accel decel time 0 1 2 3 by the 3 accel decel time 4 by the 4 accel decel time 5 by auto accel decel time an It is used to set the accel decel Time selection when stall prevention occurs at constant speed MEINE w Over torque Detection Selection OT1 eta Over torque Detection Selection OT2 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Over Torque detection disabled 1 Over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 Over torque detection during constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 Over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 Over torque detection during operation stop operation after detection gq When Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 are set to 1 or 3 it will display a warning message and won t have a abnormal record 4 112 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 373 Ea When Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 are set to 2 or 4 it will display a warning message and will have a abnormal record X Over torque Detection Level OT1 Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 150 Settings 10 to 250 100 drive s rated current 50 28 Over torque Detection Time OT1 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 1 Settings 0 0 to 60 0
163. ack error MO4 16 Slip error oSL 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 Multi function Output 7 18 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 O 02 37 dei MOS 19 Baseblock B B Indication Oo 20 Warning output OQ Multi function Output 8 21 Over voltage warning 02 38 A MO6 22 Over current stall prevention warning 23 Over voltage stall prevention warning Multi function Output 9 24 Operation mode indication el 02 39 MO7 25 Forward command 26 Reverse command Multi function Output 10 27 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 02 40 MO8 28 Output when current lt Pr 02 32 oO 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 Q Multi function Output 11 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 A 02 41 MO9 31 Y connection for the motor coil 32 connection for the motor coil Multi function Output 12 33 Zero speed actual output frequency 02 42 MOA 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 O 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 C 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 C 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 O 40 Speed attained including zero speed DLO ro O 41 Multi position attained O 42 Crane function OJ O C O Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 7 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37
164. al and aural inspection If the contact works correctly Visual inspection 6 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 W Printed circuit board and connector of main circuit http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 757 3 Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Daily Half One Year Year If there are any loose screws and Tighten the screws and press the o connectors connectors firmly in place If there is any peculiar smell and color change Visual inspection O If there is any crack damage c deformation or corrosion Visual inspection o If there is any liquid is leaked or Visual inspection o deformation in capacity Cooling fan of cooling system Check Items Methods and Criterion Maintenance Period Daily Half Year One Year If there is any abnormal sound or Visual aural inspection and turn the fan with hand turn off the power overheat vibration before operation to see if it rotates 9 smoothly If there is any loose screw Tighten the screw O If there is any color change due to Change fan o Ventilation channel of cooling system Check Items Methods and Criterion Maintenance Period Daily Half Year One Year If there is any obstruction in the heat sink air intake or air outlet Visual
165. alog Output 2 2 Motor speed Hz 3 Output current rms 03 24 Analog Output 3 4 Output voltage 5 DC Bus Voltage 6 Power factor Q 7 Power O 8 Output torque O 9 AVI 10 ACI QO 11 AUI O 12 q axis current O 13 q axis feedback value O 14 d axis current C 15 d axis feedback value 16 q axis voltage 17 d axis voltage 18 Torque command 19 Pulse frequency command Gain for Analo 0 200 0 O 08 19 Output 1 i 03 20 Analog Output 1 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O O O Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Gain for Analo 0 200 0 1000 O O O O O 08 22 Output 2 j E 03 23 Analog Output 2 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O O O Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Gain for Analo 0 200 0 100 0 O O O 08 25 Output 3 i E 03 26 Analog Output 3 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O O O Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Group 5 Motor Parameters Pr Explanation Settings EH VF VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 05 01 Full load Current of 40 120 of drive s rated current HHH c O O O oO Motor 1 A M 05 02 ng power of Motor 1 0 655 35 HHH O OQ ub 05 06 Stator Resistance Rs 0 65 5350 TUBE O O O of Motor 1 05 07 Rotor Resistance Rr 0 65 5350 HHHH O O Oo of Motor 1 05 08 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH xj O Oo Lm of Motor 1 05 09
166. an 5096 of AC motor drive rated current the AC motor drive power module may be damaged NOTE The short circuit protection is provided for AC motor drive protection not for protection of the user 2 3 Check the wiring connections between the AC motor drive and motor for possible short circuits also to ground Check whether the IGBT power module is damaged Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Return to the factory Check if the input voltage falls within the rated AC motor drive input voltage range Check for possible voltage transients If DC BUS over voltage due to regenerative voltage please increase the Deceleration Time or add an optional brake resistor Check if input voltage is within specification range and monitor if there is surge voltage 1 2 Check if the input voltage is normal Check for possible sudden load Check Power Source Input if all 3 input phases are connected without loose contacts For models 40hp and above please check if the fuse for the AC input circuit is blown Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance Fault Name Fault Descriptions IGBT overheating IGBT temperature exceeds protection level 1 to15HP 90 C 20 to 100HP 100 C Heatsink overheating Heat sink temperature exceeds 90 C oHe Motor overheating The AC motor drive detects that the interna
167. and User defined unit where U F x Pr 00 05 Displays the output current present at terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 The counter value C 34 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up IU Display Message Descriptions Displays the selected parameter Displays the actual stored value of the selected parameter External Fault Display End for approximately 1 second if input has been accepted by PROG DAT e pressing key After a parameter value has been set the new C ng value is automatically stored in memory To modify an entry use the A j v and A keys t erro Display Err if the input is invalid 3 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up UU 3 1 2 How to Operate the Digital Keypad KPV CE01 Selection mode START cERd URS mop GO START NOTE In the selection mode press BS to set the parameters Toset parameters 2i mr S aD e D parameter set error Ks mop move to previous display NOTE In the parameter setting mode you can press S MoDE to return to the selection mode To modify data START F F ER gt To switch display mode START SHE aay Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2
168. arameters Version 2 04 Group 0 System Parameters Factory Setting ur Display the frequency command value LED F 0 O O O O O Display the actual output frequency LED H Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U Display the output current A Display output current A 0 91010 O O Display counter value C Display output frequency H Display DC BUS voltage Display output voltage E Output power factor angle n Display output power KW Display actual motor speed HU Display estimate output torque kg m Display PG position G refer to Pr 10 00 and Pr 10 1 10 Display PID feedback Content of Multi Function 11 Display AVI 00 04 Display 12 Display ACI 13 Display AUI 14 Display the temperature of heat sink C 15 Display the temperature of IGBT C 16 The status of digital input ON OFF 17 The status of digital output ON OFF 18 Multi step speed 19 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input 20 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card Pr Explanation Settings VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 00 03 Start up Display Selection Ovoo osomv 2olev o Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters New settings 44 50 for Pr 02 00 Pr 02 06 and new parameter 02 43 Revision D
169. are shown as follows The settings for Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 are from 0 to 62 Facto Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 06 01 Over voltage Stall Prevention 0 0 Disable 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 06 18 Second Most Recent Fault Record 1 Over current during acceleration 0 06 19 Third Most Recent Fault Record cA 0 2 Over current during deceleration 06 20 Fourth Most Recent Fault Record ocd 0 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed 0 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault Record ocn 0 4 Ground fault GFF IGBT short circuit occ ver curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT heat sink over heat 0H1 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 27 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Al Pr Explanation Settings Factory ve veg svc FOCPG TacPe Setting 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40
170. ation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 56 Switch Level for Smart 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 15 0 O O O oO Start and PID function 08 57 Frequency for Smart 0 00 600 00Hz 200 O lt Start M 08 58 Accel Time for Smart 0 01 600 00 seconds 3 00 O O O O Start 08 59 Broken Belt Detection 0 Disable 0 OJ O O O 1 Enable 08 60 Min Line Speed of 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 Q O Broken Belt Detection 08 61 Allowance Error of Line 1 0 6000 0mm 100 0 C C O Speed of Broken Belt Detection 08 62 Detection Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 O O O O Broken Belt 08 63 Allowance Error Level 0 100 100 Q C O of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 08 64 Allowance Error 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O O O Detection Time of Tension PID Feedback 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 Q C oO Tension PID Feedback 1 Warn and coast to stop 2 Warn and ramp to stop 08 66 Upper Limit of Tension 0 0 100 0 10 0 JOJ OJO O PID Feedback 08 67 Lower Limit of Tension 0 0 100 0 0 0 O O O O O PID Feedback 08 68 Reserved 08 69 DFM Selection 0 Output frequency 0 OLO TO O O 1 Frequency command 08 70 Low pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 000 OJOJOO O oO Line Speed 08 71 Reserved 08 75 08 76 Source of Tension 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 0 Oo Setting 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 08 77 Max Tension 0 30000 N O 08 78 Tension Setting 0 30000 N
171. atment of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and coast to stop 2 Warn and ramp to stop Ea When the error of tension PID target value and tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 and the allowance error detection time of tension PID exceeds Pr 08 64 tension PID feedback error occurs Refer to Pr 08 65 for error treatment of tension PID feedback It will display tdEv at this moment 08 66 Upper Limit of Tension PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 100 0 mode Settings 0 0 100 0 ETE Lower Limit of Tension PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 En It is valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 ETS Reserved ET DFM Selection Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Output frequency 1 Frequency command Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 153 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters ZZY 08 70 Low pass Filter Time of Line Speed Unit 0 01 ied VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 100 00 sec Ea It is used to suppress the oscillation of line speed Reserved EIS Source of Tension Setting Contro rocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 1
172. ault occurs the corresponding terminals will be activated It needs to convert binary value to decimal value to fill in Pr 06 23 to Pr 06 26 BitO Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL SYS FBK EXI CE 0 No fault 1 Over current during acceleration o ocA 2 Over current during deceleration e ocd 3 Over current during constant e speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF e 5 IGBT short circuit occ e 6 Over curent at stop ocS e 7 Over voltage during acceleration o ovA 8 Over voltage during deceleration o ovd 9 Over voltage during constant o speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during e acceleration LvA 12 Low voltage during e deceleration Lvd Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 117 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL sys FBK EXI CE 13 Low voltage during constant e speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS e 15 Phase loss PHL e 16 IGBT over heat oH1 e 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for e 40HP above 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure eo tH10 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware eo failure tH20 20 Fan error signal output e 21 over load oL when it exceeds o 150 rated current 1 min later
173. automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 Frequency 07 18 07 16 T Dwell Dweil 107 17 y Frequency F Dwell Tjme at Decel Frequency 107 15 1 at Decel 7 Dwell Time l i atAcce i Time Dwell at accel decel LE A Fan Control Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Fan always ON 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF LE This parameter is used for the fan control EZJ A Torque Command Unit 0 1 Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 100 0 to 100 0 Pr 07 22 setting 100 Ea This parameter is torque command When Pr 07 22 is 250 and Pr 07 20 is 100 the actual torque command 250 X100 X motor rated torque qo The drive will record the setting before power off A Torque Command Source Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Digital keypad 1 RS485 serial communication RJ 11 2 Analog signal Pr 03 00 Ea When Pr 07 21 is set to 0 the torque command can be set in Pr 07 20 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 129 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Ea When Pr 07 21 is set to 1 or 2 Pr 07 20 is used to display torque command
174. ay 00 No password set or successful input in Pr 00 07 01 Password has been set gq To set a password to protect your parameter settings If the display shows 00 no password is set or password has been correctly entered in Pr 00 07 All parameters can then be changed including Pr 00 08 The first time you can set a password directly After successful setting of password the display will show 01 Be sure to record the password for later use To cancel the parameter lock set the parameter to 00 after inputting correct password into Pr 00 07 The password consists of min 2 digits and max 5 digits 4 52 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 Ea How to make the password valid again after decoding by Pr 00 07 Method 1 Re input original password into Pr 00 08 Or you can enter a new password if you want to use a changed or new one Method 2 After rebooting password function will be recovered Password Decode Flow Chart Password Setting Decoding FlowChart 00 08 00 08 00 07 Displays 01 when Displays 00 when Correct Password Incorrect Password entering correct entering correct END END password into password into Pr 00 08 Pr 00 07 00 08 00 0
175. bit2 to bit15 is for MI1 to MI14 Ea User can change terminal status by communicating For example MI1 is set to 1 multi step speed command 1 MI2 is set to 2 multi step speed command 2 Then the forward 2m step speed command 1001 binary 9 Decimal Only need to set Pr 02 10 9 by communication and it can forward with 2 step speed It doesn t need to wire any multi function terminal bit15 bit14 bit13 bit12 bit11 bit10 bit9 bit8 bit7 bit6 bits bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10 MI9 MI8 MI7 MI6 MIS MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 REV FWD A Multi function Output 1 RA RB RC Relay1 Factory Setting 11 Multi function Output 2 MRA MRC Relay2 Factory Setting 1 PE Multi function Output 3 MO1 Factory Setting 0 4 82 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com 02 14 X Multi function Output 4 MO2 Multi function Output 5 MO3 need to use with EMV APP01 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Factory Setting 0 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Output 5 6 MO4 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 E Multi function Output 5 7 MO3MO5 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Output 8 MO6 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setti
176. ble 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 08 44 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 01 00 Lj When Pr 08 28 is set to 1 P I D 08 29 08 30 08 32 08 33 reel 0 Dmin Dmax diameter 08 44 08 43 4 144 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 L3 When Pr 08 28 is set to 2 P I D 08 29 08 30 08 32 08 33 output 0 Fmin Fmax frequency 01 07 01 00 08 29 Proportional Gain 1 of Tension PID P Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 1000 0 08 30 M Integral Time of Tension PID Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 500 00 sec 08 31 Reserved 08 32 Proportional Gain 2 of Tension PID P Unit 0 1 control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 1000 0 a M Integral Time 2 of Tension PID Unit 0 01 control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 Settings 0 00 to 500 00 sec 08 34 Reserved Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 145 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 7 3 PID Output Status Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Setting
177. c 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 83 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 20 Warning output O OQ O O O 21 Over voltage warning O O O O oO 22 Over current stall prevention warning O Oo O 23 Over voltage stall prevention warning O O O oO Q 24 Operation mode indication O Q O O e 25 Forward command O oO O O O 26 Reverse command O 8 Q O 27 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 oO Oo O C 28 Output when current Pr 02 32 O O O O 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 oO Q O 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 D O O O 31 Y connection for the motor coil O Oo O O 32 connection for the motor coil O O O 33 Zero speed actual output frequency oO C O C 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency O Q O O 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 O O O O O 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 O O O C e 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 O O O O O 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 O Q O O 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 O 40 Speed attained including zero speed O 9 oO O 41 Multi position attained O 42 Crane function O Oo O O 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 C C 44 Max reel diameter attained O O O Q 45 Empty reel diameter at
178. c 2008 04VE SW V2 05 5 3 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 2 Va 5 5 Over Heat oH1 oH2 oH3 AC motor drive overheats Heatsink overheats Y Check if temperature of heatsink NO Temperature detection malfunctions is larger than 90 C f Please contact DELTA Yes v 1 Yes If load is too large gt Reduceload No E v i c If cooling fan functions normally N gt Change cooling fan Yes j Y Y d N es gt lt Check if cooling fan is jammed Remove obstruction No Y Check if surrounding temperature Yes Maybe E vie has e is within specificatio P misoperation due to noise Please contac NY witnl peciit lon DELTA No Y Adjust surrounding temperature to specification 5 6 Overload OL OL1 OL2 y Check if the setting of electronic No Modify setting thermal relay is suitable Yes AA itloadis tog No Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction Cad is 2odalge or misoperation due to noise Yes v Reduce load or increase the power of AC motor drive Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting IU 5 7 Display of KPV CE01 is Abnormal Abn
179. ced by the motor s fan Consider external forced motor cooling 3 When the standard motor operates at low speed for long time the output load must be decreased 4 The load tolerance of a standard motor is as follows Load duty cycle 0 Rr 60 100 S 82 amp Gor 7 g Surge continuous S je 036 20 60 Frequency Hz 5 If 100 continuous torque is required at low speed it may be necessary to use a special inverter duty motor 6 Motor dynamic balance and rotor endurance should be considered once the operating speed exceeds the rated speed 60Hz of a standard motor T Motor torque characteristics vary when an AC Motor Drive instead of commercial power supply drives the motor Check the load torque characteristics of the machine to be connected 8 Because of the high carrier frequency PWM control of the VFD series pay attention to the following motor vibration problems Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 C 5 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 7 37 3 W Resonant mechanical vibration anti vibration damping rubbers should be used to mount equipment that runs at varying speed W Motor imbalance special care is required for operation at 50 or 60 Hz and higher frequency W To avoid resonances use the Skip frequencies 9 The motor fan will be very noisy when the motor speed exceeds 50 or 60Hz Sp
180. cent Fault Record Over current during deceleration ocd Over current during constant speed ocn Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent Fault Record Over curent at stop ocS Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent Fault Record 2 3 4 5 IGBT short circuit occ 6 7 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn Over voltage at stop ovS 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault Record 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA Low voltage during deceleration Lvd Low voltage during constant speed Lvn Low voltage at stop LvS Phase loss PHL IGBT over heat oH1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault Record Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40HP above TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detecti
181. cessories IU B 7 Remote Controller RC 01 Dimensions are in millimeter J i xd PN RC 01 am 4 SN N loos g REV RUN JOG FWD STOP RESET 8a e 5 l4 16 15 14 13 11 RC 01 terminal block Ett 1 1 f f f f eee AFMjacnj avi tov pcwivis woRevjuoc lt ijo Bigg 1 0 Block VFD VE Programming Pr 00 20 set to 2 Pr 00 21 set to 1 external controls Pr 02 00 set to 1 setting Run Stop and Fwd Rev controls Pr 02 05 MI5 set to 5 External reset Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 17 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories B 8 PG Card for Encoder B 8 1 EMV PG01X Dm AB2 PG2 signal mode switch ABZ1 PG1 signal PS1 mode switch amp 5 12V switch PG1 PG2 Pulse feedback Pulse input 1 Terminals descriptions Terminal Symbols Descriptions VP Power source of EMV PG01X use PS1 to switch 12V 5V Output Voltage 5V 12V 5 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common A1 AT 2 B1 BT Input signal Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be 1 phase or 2 Z1 Z1 phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A2 Input signal Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 phase or 2 B2 B2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference Do not run control wires parallel to any high
182. compensation can overheat the motor 0525 Slip Compensation Gain Unit 0 01 Control VF svc Factory setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to10 00 Aa When the asynchronous motor is driven by the drive the load and slip will be increased This parameter can be used to correct frequency compensation and lower the slip to make the motor can run near the synchronous speed under rated current When the output current is larger than the motor no load current the drive will compensate the frequency by Pr 05 25 setting If the actual speed is slower than expectation please increase the setting and vice versa B B It is only valid in SVC VF mode LL The factory settings are A In SVC mode the factory setting is 1 00 B In VF mode the factory setting is 0 00 LJ Slip Deviation Level Unit 1 Control epg SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 1000 0 disable 0527 Detection time of Slip Deviation Unit 0 1 Control epg SVC FOCPG Factory setting 1 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 10 0 sec 0528 X Over Slip Treatment Control ycbG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop gq Pr 05 26 to Pr 05 28 are used to set allowable slip level time and over slip treatment when the drive is running 4 108 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt c
183. corresponding value of 10V is Pr 08 43 the path when Pr 08 42 is setto 1 Driver proxi mity switch the path when encoder Pr 08 42 is set to 2 gear ratio Motor Encoder LI Definition of reel diameter 4 148 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 3 E oe EC SLE p PCM 08 51 Dic d A E Material Thickness i 08 50 Coil number Y iforeachlayer r infeed direction A 08 44 Empty reel diameter B 08 46 47 48 Initial reel diameter C 08 54 Current reel diameter D 08 43 Max reel diameter ESE v Max Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 contral VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 6000 0 Settings 1 0 to 6000 0mm EESE v Empty Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 1 to 6000 0mm EE Source of Reel Diameter Control mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 Ea When it is set to 1 the corresponding value of 10V is Pr 08 43 08 46 A Initial Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0mm Ea When Pr 08 45 is set to 1 Pr 08 46 will be read only Initial Reel Diameter 1 Unit 0 1 Initia
184. ction input terminal is set to 43 ON this parameter setting will be the waiting time for switching the max frequency output 10 24 frequency 2x m PG feedback 10 00 10 01 RUN Ml d35 MO d39 777 Time 10 25 Max Frequency for Resolution Switch Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 50 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz gq This function is used to enhance the function of unstable speed position due to insufficient resolution of analog simulation value It needs to use with external input terminals one of Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 30 should be set to 43 After setting this parameter it needs to adjust the analog output resolution of controller 4 178 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com AUI 10V AUI OV AUI 10V frequency command output frequency OHz resolution switch MI 243 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 accel decel time 01 12 01 19 Max output frequency 01 00 Max frequency for waiting time for TeSolution switch switching max P 10 29 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Max output frequency 01 00 Max frequency for resolution switch 7 770 Pr 10 25 waiting time for Switching max frequency 10 24 frequency 10 24 reverse running forward running 10 26 Reserved
185. ction or error due to noise Please N Is load changed contact DELTA le suddenly Yes hi Yes Can acceleration Yes Can deceleration time be made longer time be made longer No No Y Increase accel decel Reduce load or increase time b the power of AC motor drive v y Reduce load or increase Check braking the power of AC motor drive contact DELTA method Please Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 5 1 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 2 Va 5 2 Ground Fault Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA GFF If output circuit cable or motor of AC motor drive is grounded ves Remove grounding Ground fault 5 3 Over Voltage OV Over voltage Reduce voltage to No If voltage is within be within spec specification Yes i Yes If over voltage is occurred without load Maybe AC motor drive No has malfunction or Y misoperation due to No When OV occurs check if the noise Please contact j4 voltage of DC BUS is greater DELTA than protection value ie Yes Vv No If OV occurs when Increase es sudden acceleration deceleration stops time ka No Increase Yes acceleration Increase setting time t
186. ctions over the processes PID Control Utilize the action to eliminate the deviation and the D action to restrain the vibration thereafter combine with the P action to construct the PID control Use of the PID method could obtain a control process with no deviations high accuracies and a stable system Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 137 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 EIRE Feedback Signal Detection Time Unit 0 1 Factory Setting 0 0 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG mode Settings 0 0 to 3600 0 sec Ea This parameter is only valid when the feedback signal is ACI Ea This parameter defines the time during which the PID feedback must be abnormal before a warning is given It also can be modified according to the system feedback signal time M If this parameter is set to 0 0 the system would not detect any abnormality signal ET Feedback Fault Treatment Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 Warn and keep at last frequency Settings Ea This parameter is only valid when the feedback signal is ACI Ea AC motor drive acts when the feedback signals analog PID feedback or PG encoder feedback are abnormal EX Sleep Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0
187. cuit terminals to prevent sparks which is made by the loose screws due to vibration W Please use voltage and current within the regulation shown in Appendix A W When using leakage current breaker to prevent leakage current W Do NOT run stop AC motor drives by turning the power ON OFF Run stop AC motor drives by RUN STOP command via control terminals or keypad If you still need to run stop AC drives by turning power ON OFF it is recommended to do so only ONCE per hour W Do NOT connect 3 phase models to a 1 phase power source Output terminals for main circuit U V W W When the AC drive output terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 are connected to the motor terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 respectively the motor will rotate counterclockwise as viewed on the shaft end of the motor when a forward operation command is received To permanently reverse the direction of motor rotation switch over any of the two motor leads Forward running W DO NOT connect phase compensation capacitors or surge absorbers at the output terminals of AC motor drives W With long motor cables high capacitive switching current peaks can cause over current high leakage current or lower current readout accuracy To prevent this the motor cable should be less than 20m for 3 7kW models and below And the cable should be less than 50m for 5 5kW models and above For longer motor cables use an AC output reactor W Use well insulated motor suitable for inverter ope
188. current NO rated current i YES Stoprunning v N If it displays AUE Motorautotuning p lfitdisplays tun y please check the Pr 05 00 1 during trial run wiring and parameter settings YES Vv The motor tuning is finished after motor is stopped Check if the value has been written into Pr 05 05 05 09 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 3 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up IE V4 Step 3 Trial run for FOCPG feedback control Selection of speed i feedback card EMV PG01X EMV PG010 EMV PG01L v Encoder pulse Pr 10 00 v Encoder inputtype setting Pr 10 01 i d Pr 00 10 3 FOCPG control mode If the motor canrun NO v Stop trial run v Increase the frequency command Check if PG card YES Refer to chapter 6 is normal for fault code i NO Y Check if output NO Check the setting current is normal of Pr 10 00 YES Y gt Change the operation iets direction of motor mechanical gear i v Finish trial run http Awww automatedpt com jes Check the setting of gear ratio Pr 10 27 10 28 i 3 8 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL N
189. d the AC motor drive will restart with speed search which starts at the frequency before the fault To set the waiting time before restart after a fault please set Pr 07 08 Base Block Time for Speed Search 07 12 A Speed Search during Start up Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Speed search from maximum frequency 2 Speed search from start up frequency 3 Speed search from minimum frequency LI This parameter is used for starting and stopping a motor with high inertia A motor with high inertia will take a long time to stop completely By setting this parameter the user does not need to wait for the motor to come to a complete stop before restarting the AC motor drive If a PG card and encoder is used on the drive and motor then the speed search will start from the speed that is detected by the encoder and accelerate quickly to the commanded frequency The output current is set by the Pr 07 09 4 126 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 BN In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 EZ Decel Time Selection for Momentary Power Loss DEB function Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings Disable 1st decel time 2nd decel
190. de Settings 0 00 to 1 00 E It is only valid in SVC mode qg When the AC motor drive drives the asynchronous motor slip will increase when the load is added This parameter can be used to change frequency lower slip and make the motor be synchronous when running under rated current When the output current is higher than no load current the AC motor drive will adjust frequency by this parameter If the actual speed is slower than expected please increase the setting or decrease the setting ELS A Low pass Filter Time of Keypad Display Unit 0 001 camel VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100 Settings 0 001 to 65 535 Sec Ea It is used to lower the blinking frequency of LCD display Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 184 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 237 3 MW Low pass Filter Time of PG2 Pulse Input Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 000 to 65 535 Sec Ea It can be used to stable the speed command when Pr 00 20 is set to 5 and multi function input terminal is set to 37 OFF to regard the pulse command as frequency command za X APR Gain Unit 0 01 Control Egcopg Factory Setting 10 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 40 00 Ea It can be used to change the pulse differential when Pr 00 20 is set to 5 multi function input terminal is set to 37 ON and Pr
191. defined below 1 EV 2 GND 3 SG 4 SG 5 Reserved 6 1 6 Reserved Each VFD VE AC drive has a pre assigned communication address specified by Pr 09 00 The RS485 master then controls each AC motor drive according to its communication address ET A Communication Address Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 1 to 254 Ea If the AC motor drive is controlled by RS 485 serial communication the communication address for this drive must be set via this parameter And the communication address for each AC motor drive must be different and unique A COM1 Transmission Speed Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 9 6 Settings 4 8 to 115 2kbps This parameter is used to set the transmission speed between the RS485 master PLC PC etc and AC motor drive Er A COM Transmission Fault Treatment Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 3 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 No warning and keep operating Settings J This parameter is set to how to react if transmission errors occur 09 03 A COM Time out Detection Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 sec 0 0 disable 4 158 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37
192. ding zero speed Multi position attained re N Crane function A eo Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 BR R Max reel diameter attained A a Empty reel diameter attained BR a Broken belt detection A 3 Break release at stop rs co Error PID feedback of tension A o Reserved a eo Reserved Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 31 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 3 Al Pr Explanation Settings Factory ve vepc sc Focpa TacPG Setting Zero speed Level of 0 Ololc O O 02 43 Motor 0 65535 rpm IP O JC z Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters New settings 11 16 for Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 and new parameters 03 21 03 26 Factory Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Analog Input 1 AVI 0 No function 1 olojo oO O Pr Explanation Settings A 03 00 A 03 01 Analog Input 2 ACI 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR 0 OO 0 9 e control mode torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 O 03 02 Analog Input 3 AUI Torque compensation command PID target value refer to group 8 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 P T C thermistor input value O Positive torque limit Negative torque limit
193. dpt com Appendix B Accessories 737 3 B 1 1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors Dimensions are in millimeter Order P N BR080W200 BR080W750 BR300W070 BR300W100 BR300W250 BR300W400 BR400W150 BR400W040 Model no L1 L2 H D W Max Weight g BRO80W200 140 125 20 5 3 60 160 BRO80W750 BR300W070 BR300W100 215 200 30 5 3 60 750 BR300W250 BR300W400 BR400W150 265 250 30 5 3 60 930 BR400W040 B 4 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 37 3 Order P N BR500W030 BR500W100 BR1KW020 BR1KW075 n i 4 LE i Max Weight Model no L1 L2 H D Ww 9 BR500W030 335 320 30 5 3 60 1100 BR500W100 BR1KW020 400 385 50 5 3 100 2800 BR1KW075 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 5 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 37 3 Order P N BR1K0W050 BR1K2W008 BR1K2W6P8 BR1K5W005 BR1K5W040 B 1 2 Specifications for Brake Unit 230V Series 460V Series 2015 2022 4030 4045 4132 Max Motor Power KW 45 132 Max Peak Discharge Current A 10 ED 40 e iin dii 618 642 66 Brake Start up Voltage DC GERE Cr E duco M 7 690 725 E H 750 6V DC Voltage 200 400VDC 400 800VDC Heat Sink
194. dpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Group 5 Motor Parameters 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning Control svc Factory setting 0 Settings 0 No function 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved aa Starting auto tuning by pressing RUN key and it will write the measure value into Pr 05 05 to Pr 05 09 for motor 1 and Pr 05 17 to Pr 05 21 for motor 2 aa The steps to AUTO Tuning are when setting to 1 1 Make sure that all the parameters are set to factory settings and the motor wiring is correct 2 Make sure the motor has no load before executing auto tuning and the shaft is not connected to any belt or gear motor It is recommended to set to 2 or 3 if the motor can t separate from the load 3 Motor 1 fill in Pr 01 02 Pr 01 01 Pr 05 01 Pr 05 02 Pr 05 03 and Pr 05 04 with correct values Refer to motor capacity to set accel decel time Motor 2 fill in Pr 01 36 Pr 01 35 Pr 05 13 Pr 05 14 Pr 05 15 and Pr 05 16 with correct values Refer to motor capacity to set accel decel time 4 When Pr 05 00 is set to 1 the AC motor drive will execute auto tuning immediately after receiving a RUN command NOTE the motor will run 5 After executing please check if there are values filled in Pr 05 05 to Pr 05 09 for motor 1 and Pr 05 17 to Pr 05 21 for motor 2 6 Mechanical equivalent circuit Rs Lx gt SE Pr 05 06 dicen Pr 05 18 DES E V Lm Rr Pr 05 08 Pr 0
195. e constant operation the output voltage will be auto decreased with load reduction To make the AC motor drive runs under the energy saving with the minimum value of the product of voltage and current Output Voltage 100 1 The maximum outputWoltage reduction is 25 759b 4 7 Frequency Auto Energy saving Operation A Source of the Master Frequency Command Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Digital keypad KPV CEO1 1 RS 485 serial communication 2 External analog input Pr 03 00 3 External UP DOWN terminal 4 Pulse input without direction command Pr 10 15 without direction 5 Pulse input with direction command Pr 10 15 4 58 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 Ea This parameter determines the drive s master frequency source L3 When itis set to O it will display PU EZE A Source of the Operation Command Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Digital keypad KPV CE01 1 External terminals Keypad STOP disabled 2 RS 485 serial communication RJ 11 Keypad STOP disabled Ea When Pr 00 21 is set to 1 it also needs to set Pr 00 20 and Pr 00 21 to 0 After pressing PU key to make LED PU to be light RUN JOG and STOP key are valid now 00 22 Stop Method Control VF
196. e Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control VF vFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 05 3rd Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 ponia VF VFPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 06 A 3rd Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF vFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 39 3rd Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 40 A 3rd Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control vr vFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 07 4th Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 pen VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 4 62 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 173 3 ETE 4th Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 0 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 0 0 01 44 4th Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 42 A Ath Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 0 0 460V s
197. e compensation of dynamic friction and 100 corresponds to the motor rated torque The compensation coefficient of the friction torque can be got from the inertia estimation in the speed mode Users can adjust by the requirement 08 84 M Compensation Coefficient of Material Inertial Unit 1 Factory Setting 0 Control mode TQCPG Settings 0 30000 Compensation coefficient of material inertia material density material width Unit for density is Ea kg m and for width is m The material inertia of the reel will be changed by the reel 4 156 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Bal EEEE Torque Feed Forward Gain Unit 0 1 Factory Setting 50 0 Control mode TQCPG Settings 0 0 100 0 Unit 0 01 UEM Low Pass Filter Time of Torque Feed Forward Factory Setting 5 00 Control mode TQCPG Settings 0 00 100 00 Pr 08 85 08 86 are used to adjust the torque that needed by the mechanical rotation inertia En during acceleration deceleration Reserved 4 157 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Group 9 Communication Parameters There is a built in RS 485 serial interface marked RJ 11 near to the control terminals The pins are
198. e motor will then be free run And once it is turned to OFF the drive will accelerate to the setting frequency 43 Cancel the setting of the Before using this function Pr 00 13 should be set to 01 02 03 04 optimal accel decel time first When this function is enabled OFF is for auto mode and 4 74 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Settings CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Functions http www automatedpt com Descriptions ON is for linear accel decel Switch between drive When the contact is ON use the motor 2 parameters OFF use it settings 1 and 2 the motor 1 parameters When the contact is ON the source of the frequency will force to 15 Operation speed be AVI If the operation speed commands are set to AVI ACI command form AVI e and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI When the contact is ON the source of the frequency will force to 16 Operation speed be ACI If the operation speed commands are set to AVI ACI command form ACI i SL and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI When this function is enabled the source of the frequency will q7 Operation speed force to be AUI If the operation speed commands are set to command form AUI AVI ACI and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 When the contact is
199. e reactors but the selection is ultimately governed by the type and diameter of cable fitted i e the cable must fit through the center hole of zero phase reactors Note 2 Only the phase conductors should pass through not the earth core or screen Note 3 When long motor output cables are used an output zero phase reactor may be required to reduce radiated emissions from the cable B 15 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories VZAT CALL NOW 800 985 6929 B 6 DC Choke Recommended Values 230V DC Ch http www automatedpt com 460V DC Ch B 16 oke Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance mh 0 75 1 9 7 50 1 5 2 12 4 00 2 2 3 18 2 75 3 7 5 25 1 75 5 5 7 5 32 0 85 230Vac s002 7 5 10 40 0 75 Sil ses 11 15 62 Built in 15 20 92 Built in 18 5 25 110 Built in 22 30 125 Built in 30 40 Built in 37 50 Built in oke Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance mh 0 75 1 4 25 00 1 5 2 9 11 50 2 2 3 9 11 50 3 7 5 12 6 00 5 5 7 5 18 3 75 7 5 10 25 4 00 460Vac 11 15 32 Built in 50 60Hz 15 20 50 Built in 3 Phase 18 5 25 62 Built in 22 30 80 Built in 30 40 92 Built in 37 50 110 Built in 45 60 125 Built in 55 75 200 Built in 75 100 240 Built in Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Ac
200. ec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V2 actory CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 1 ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O 410 06 Regulation Control P 2 10 07 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 Oo O O Regulation Control I 2 10 08 ASR 1 ASR2 Switch 5 00 600 00Hz 7 00 Frequency Low Pass Filter Time 0 000 0 350 sec 0 008 O O 410 09 of ASR Output 10 10 Encoder Stall Level 0 120 0 disable 115 Q O Encoder Stall 0 0 2 0 sec 0 1 O 10 11 Detection Time 10 12 Encoder Slip Range 0 50 0 disable 50 O O Encoder Slip 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 Q O 10 13 Detection Time 10 44 Encoder Stall and Slip 0 Warn and keep operation 2 Q O Error Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Electrical Gear A 1 5000 100 O O 410 17 PG1 of PG card Electrical Gear B 1 5000 100 Q oO 410 18 bG2 of PG card Positioning for 0 65535 pulses 0 e O 10 19 Encoder Position Range for Encoder 0 20000 pulses 10 O oO 410 20 Position Attained 10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0 40 10 Q O x10 22 I Gain of Zero Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 Oo Oo Feed Forward Gain 0 100 30 O O 10 23 of APR 10 24 Deceleration Time for 0 00 600 00 sec 00 6000 0 sec 3 00 Q O Internal 3 0 Position Waiting Time for Switching Max Frequ
201. ec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 29 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 2 V Pr Explanation Settings EE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TacPG 02 00 2 wire 3 wire Operation 0 FWD STOP REV STOP 0 O O Oo Control WD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout UN STOP REV FWD UN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 3 wire momentary push button 5 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout 02 01 Multi Function Input 0 no function 1 C Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position itis Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire operation 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position Olo O command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 O O lO O Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position j O command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset 3 O O Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command O 02 04 Multi Function Input 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 O Command 4 M14 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection O 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 O Command 5 MI5 10 EF input 07 36 O 02 06 Multi
202. ecial motors 1 Pole changing Dahlander motor The rated current is differs from that of a standard motor Please check before operation and select the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully When changing the pole number the motor needs to be stopped first If over current occurs during operation or regenerative voltage is too high please let the motor free run to stop coast Submersible motor The rated current is higher than that of a standard motor Please check before operation and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully With long motor cable between AC motor drive and motor available motor torque is reduced Explosion proof Ex motor Needs to be installed in a safe place and the wiring should comply with the Ex requirements Delta AC Motor Drives are not suitable for Ex areas with special precautions Gear reduction motor The lubricating method of reduction gearbox and speed range for continuous operation will be different and depending on brand The lubricating function for operating long time at low speed and for high speed operation needs to be considered carefully Synchronous motor The rated current and starting current are higher than for standard motors Please check before operation and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully When the AC motor drive operates more than one motor please pay attention to starting and changing the motor Power Transmission Mechanism Pay attention t
203. ed 0 40 10 O 1006 Regulation Control P 2 10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0 40 10 o 110 29 PG Mechanical Gear A2 1 5000 100 Q O 10 30 PG Mechanical Gear B2 1 5000 100 O O Group 11 Advanced Parameters Updated parameters 11 00 and 11 09 11 10 and new parameters 11 18 11 40 i Factory VFP SV FOCP TQCP Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF G c G G ASR Auto tuning 0 O 1 Inertia estimate 11 00 System Control Zero Servo Reserved bit 4 Enable gain adjustment of position loop KP Detection Time for 0 01 600 00 sec 0 20 O O O O O 11 07 Phase loss 11 08 Reserved 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 600 O O O O 41 10 Speed Feed Forward 0 100 0 O 2 Gain Zero speed 0 40Hz 10 O Oo C 1111 Bandwidth 41 12 Speed Response of 0 Disable 65 C AM Flux Weakening Area 0 150 11 13 Notch Filter Depth 0 20db 0 O Notch Filter 0 00 200 00 0 00 Q 411 14 Frequency Gain Value of Slip 2 A11 15 Compensation 0 00 1 00 1 00 iS Low pass Filter Time ae 2 x p A11 16 oF Keypad Display 0 001 65 535sec 0 100 OJ O 0 O Oo Low pass Filter Time s EN 5 RN AN11 17 of PG2 Pulse Input 0 000 65 535sec 0 100 OJ OJO O 11 18 APR Gain 0 00 40 00 10 00 9 11 19 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 11 20 Reserved 11 28 Accumulative a p 41 29 Operation Time of 0 65535 hour 0 o olc Phase loss 11 30 i Reserved 11 40 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 37 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Paramete
204. edpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 MI is set to 31 MI is set to 32 MI is set to 33 Torque offset ON OFF ON 07 29 07 31 ON ON OFF 07 29 07 30 ON ON ON 07 29 07 30 07 31 07 28 A Torque Offset Setting Unit 0 1 Control mode Settings SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 0 to 100 096 Factory Setting 0 0 B IL This parameter is torque offset The motor rated torque is 10096 T N M W rad s nm D According to the formula of motor rated torque where P c is Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM __ 1j 60x27 07 29 MW High Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control amp vc FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 30 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 07 30 Middle Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control amp vc FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 20 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 07 31 A Low Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control amp vc FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 Ca When it is set to 3 the source of torque offset will decide to Pr 07 29 Pr 07 30 and Pr 07 31 by the multi function input terminals setting 31 32 or 33 The motor rated torque is 10096 T N M 0 W rad s LE According to the formula of motor rated torque where P c is Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM sadis 60x27 X Forward Motor Torque Limit Unit 1 A Forward Regenerative Torque Limit Unit 1 4 132 Revisi
205. edpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up IE V4 This page intentionally left blank 3 14 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters The VFD VE parameters are divided into 12 groups by property for easy setting In most applications the user can finish all parameter settings before start up without the need for re adjustment during operation The 12 groups are as follows Group 0 System Parameters Group 1 Basic Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 7 Special Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 9 Communication Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Group 11 Advanced Parameters Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 1 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J 4 1 Summary of Parameter Settings M The parameter can be set during operation Group 0 System Parameters http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting 00 00 Identity Code of the AC motor drive Read only v lololo o o 00 01 Rated Current Display of the AC motor drive
206. edpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 157737 3 2 3 When it is running continuously W The requirement of load capacity should be less than the capacity of AC motor drive kVA The requirement of load capacity kx Pu 1X COS lt the capacity of AC motor drive kVA W The motor capacity should be less than the capacity of AC motor drive k x43 xVux Iu x10 lt the capacity of AC motor driv kVA W The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive A kxlu amp zthe rated current of AC motor drive A Symbol explanation Pu Motor shaft output for load kW n Motor efficiency normally approx 0 85 coso Motor power factor normally approx 0 75 Vu Motor rated voltage V Iu Motor rated current A for commercial power k Correction factor calculated from current distortion factor 1 05 1 1 depending on PWM method Pa Continuous motor capacity kVA ks Starting current rated current of motor Nr Number of motors in parallel Ns Number of simultaneously started motors GD Total inertia GD calculated back to motor shaft kg m TL Load torque tA Motor acceleration time N Motor speed C 2 General Precaution Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 C 3 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 15
207. educe harmonics and provide protection from AC line disturbances surges switching Input AC spikes short interruptions etc AC Line Reactor line reactor should be installed when Optional the power supply capacity is 500kVA or more or advanced capacity is activated The wiring distance should be lt 10m Refer to appendix B for details Zero phase reactors are used to Zero bhase reduce radio noise especially when Becca audio equipment is installed near the Ferrite Core inverter Effective for noise reduction Common on both the input and output sides Choke Attenuation quality is good for a wide Optional range from AM band to 10MHz P Appendix B specifies the zero phase reactor RF220X00A To reduce electromagnetic Osora interference please refer to Appendix P B for more details Brake Used to reduce the deceleration time Resistor of the motor Please refer to the chart in Appendix B for specific Brake Optional Resistors Motor surge voltage amplitude Mein depends on motor cable length For Optional applications with long motor cable 220m it is necessary to install a Rech u a BEER landed e Seka etae 2 5 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring V7 3 al Figure 1 for the main terminals No fuse breaker NFB MC R e S T EE Np Figure 2 for the main terminals No fuse breaker NFB MC o T i
208. eeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeenas 2 5 2 3 2 Main Circuit Terminals eeseee 2 9 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com 2 4 Control Terminals ceri teint etin aa aE rn teet eee 2 10 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 3 1 3 1 Digital Keypad KPV CEO 1 ssssssseseeeeeeneenneen enn 3 1 3 1 1 Description of the Digital Keypad KPV CEO 1 3 1 3 1 2 How to Operate the Digital Keypad KPV CEO 1 3 3 3 1 3 Dimension of the Digital Keypad sse 3 5 3 1 4 Reference Table for the LCD Display of the Digital Keypad 3 5 3 1 5 Operation Method sssesseeee em 3 6 3 2 Tuning Operations 2 m ii Dite egest eibi eroi dett etus 3 7 3 2 1 FlOW Chi rt eit inet etre degere qe Ente dee 3 7 3 2 2 Explanations for the Tuning Steps seeeeesess 3 10 3 9 2 4 Step 1 i ie e ee e te mri a s 3 10 3 9 2 2 Step 2 iie dede niger code eec teense 3 11 3 3 2 3 810p 8 nce eandem eredi ain ies 3 12 3 3 2 4 Step sie tete deu ee et tede cbe 3 13 Chapter 4 Parameters naui dain 4 1 4 1 Summary of Parameter Settings 4 2 4 2 Version DiffereniCes iiiter eret eee ert 4 26 4 2 1 Version 2 02 eicere ere Eire REP PEE Leite det s RS 4 26 4 2 2 Version 2 04 yoo 2h ooi Re p n oe ei
209. eg_crc 3 5 Address list The contents of available addresses are shown as below Content Address Function GG means parameter group nn means parameter number for example the address of Pr 4 01 is 0401H Referencing to GGnnH chapter 5 for the function of each parameter When reading parameter by command code 03H only one parameter can be read at one time 0 No function Command P 1 Stol Write only a Bito 3 z Run 3 Jog Run 00B No function 01B FWD 10B REV 11B Change direction Command 2000H 00B 1st accel decel Write only Bit 6 7 01B 2nd accel decel 10B 3rd accel decel 11B 4th accel decel Bit 8 11 Represented 16 step speeds AC drive Parameters Bit 4 5 0 No comm multi step speed or accel decel Bit 12 time 1 Comm multi step speed or accel decel time Bit 13 14 00B No function 01B operated by digital keypad 02B operated by Pr 00 21 setting 03B change operation source Bit 15 Reserved Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 165 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZV 4 166 Content Address Function 2001H Frequency command Bit 0 1 EF external fault on Bit 1 1 Reset Bit 2 1 B B ON Bit 3 15 Reserved 2100H Error code refer to Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 2002H Status Bit 0 1 FWD comma
210. en the output current is less than the value of Pr 8 07 the AC motor drive output frequency is at speed synchronization point The drive will start to accelerate or decelerate back to the operating frequency at which it was running prior to the power loss Ea When executing speed search the V f curve is operated by group 1 setting The maximum current for the optimum accel decel and start speed search is set by Pr 07 09 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 125 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 EZN Base Block Speed Search Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Stop operation 1 Speed search starts with last frequency command 2 Speed search starts with minimum output frequency gq This parameter determines the AC motor drive restart method after External Base Block is enabled B D In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 07 11 M Auto Restart After Fault Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 10 M Only after an over current OC or over voltage OV fault occurs the AC motor drive can be reset restarted automatically up to 10 times B L Setting this parameter to O will disable the reset restart operation after any fault has occurred When enable
211. ency Mechanical Gear at 1 765535 100 Q O Q 41027 Load A1 Mechanical Gearat 1 65535 100 Q O O 410 28 Motor B1 Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 10 29 Load A2 Mechanical Gearat 1 65535 100 Q D O 10 30 Motor B2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 45 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Group 11 Advanced Parameters T Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG bit 0 Auto tuning for ASR and APR 0 O O bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode 11 00 System Control bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved Speed Feed Forward 0 100 411 10 Gain Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 46 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 3 4 3 Description of Parameter Settings Group 0 User Parameters A This parameter can be set during operation 00 00 Identity Code of the AC Motor Drive Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings Read Only 00 01 Rated Current Display of the AC Motor Drive Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings Read Only Ea Pr 00 00 displays the identity code of the AC motor drive The capacity rated current rated voltage and the max carrier frequency relate
212. ency exceeds Pr 10 12 setting detection time exceeds Pr 10 13 or motor frequency exceeds Pr 10 10 setting it will start to accumulate time If detection time exceeds Pr 10 11 the encoder feedback signal error will occur Refer to Pr 10 14 encoder stall and slip error treatment EZ Pulse Input Type Setting Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 175 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 27 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 1 FWD REV Ave v45 s vf vive Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 2 FWD REV aitite viviy atvtvitviviviy Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 3 FWD REV aAFLFlLf LFL4 B Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 4 FWD REV atrivJ wie aa When this setting is different from Pr 10 01 setting and the source of the frequency command is pulse input Pr 00 20 is set to 4 or 5 it may have 4 times frequency problem Example Assume that Pr 10 00 1024 Pr 10 01 1 Pr 10 15 3 Pr 00 20 5 MI 37 and
213. ent or any life safety situation CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Amm DO NOT use Hi pot test for internal components The semi conductor used in AC motor drive easily damage by high voltage 2 There are highly sensitive MOS components on the printed circuit boards These components are especially sensitive to static electricity To prevent damage to these components do not touch these components or the circuit boards with metal objects or your bare hands 3 Only qualified persons are allowed to install wire and maintain AC motor drives Ng 1 Some parameters settings can cause the motor to run immediately after applying power 2 DO NOT install the AC motor drive in a place subjected to high temperature direct sunlight high humidity excessive vibration corrosive gases or liquids or airborne dust or metallic particles 3 Only use AC motor drives within specification Failure to comply may result in fire explosion or electric shock 4 To prevent personal injury please keep children and unqualified people away from the equipment 5 When the motor cable between AC motor drive and motor is too long the layer insulation of the motor may be damaged Please use a frequency inverter duty motor or add an AC output reactor to prevent damage to the motor Refer to appendix B Reactor for details 6 Therated voltage for AC motor drive must be lt 240V x 4
214. equipment only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor drive are to do installation start up and maintenance Always read this manual thoroughly before using VFD VE series AC Motor Drive especially the WARNING DANGER and CAUTION notes Failure to comply may result in personal injury and equipment damage If you have any questions please contact your dealer PLEASE READ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR SAFETY Amm AC input power must be disconnected before any wiring to the AC motor drive is made 2 Acharge may still remain in the DC link capacitors with hazardous voltages even if the power has been turned off To prevent personal injury please ensure that power has turned off before opening the AC motor drive and wait ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels 3 Never reassemble internal components or wiring The AC motor drive may be destroyed beyond repair if incorrect cables are connected to the input output terminals Never connect the AC motor drive output terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 directly to the AC mains circuit power supply 5 Ground the VFD VE using the ground terminal The grounding method must comply with the laws of the country where the AC motor drive is to be installed Refer to the Basic Wiring Diagram 6 VFD VE series is used only to control variable speed of 3 phase induction motors NOT for 1 phase motors or other purpose 7 VFD VE series shall NOT be used for life support equipm
215. er Feedback 0 Warn and keep operation 2 Q O O Fault Treatment Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Detection Time for 0 00 10 0 sec 1 0 Oo Q O 410 03 Encoder Feedback Fault ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 Oo O Q 1010 05 Regulation Control P 1 10 05 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O Oo Regulation Control I 1 ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O o 410 06 Regulation Control P 2 10 07 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 Oo O O Regulation Control I 2 10 08 ASR 1 ASR2 Switch 5 00 600 00Hz 7 00 O O O Frequency Low Pass Filter Time 0 000 0 350 sec 0 008 O O 410 09 or ASR Output 10 10 Encoder Stall Level 0 120 0 disable 115 OQO O Encoder Stall 0 0 2 0 sec 0 1 G O 10 11 Detection Time 10 12 Encoder Slip Range 0 50 0 disable 50 KA Oo 410 13 Encoder Slip Detection 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 QO O Time 10 44 Encoder Stall and Slip 0 Warn and keep operation 2 Q O Error Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop 410 45 Pulse Input Type 0 Disable 0 QD O O O Setting 1 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction Output Setting for 1 255 1 Oo Q
216. ere is any Y Reset after clearing fault and then RUN fault code displayed Yes AA It can run when X a If jumper or DC R no faults occur 1 Input RUN No No Use jumper command reactoris connected or DC reactor i by keypad between 1 and 2 B1 Ves Yes t d Press RUN key to check if it can run Press UP key to set frequency Yes Press UP to check if motor 4 can run Check if input No voltage is normal occur such as Lv PHL or disconnection Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Ng Check if input FWD No or REV command Yes Y No No Modify frequency setting N Set frequency or not if upper bound freq and setting freq is lower than the min output freq No Check if the wiring ofterminal FWD and between REV DOM is correct Correct connection ic analog signal and multi step speed are correct Check if the parameter setting and wiring of Yes Change switch or relay Change defective potentiometer and relay Check if there is any output voltage from terminals U V and Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction Motor has malfunction Please contact DELTA pue en i No lt Ifload is too large Yes
217. erence is 90 EMV PGO1L 5 Types of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 AB2 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 5V VOLTAGE VCC TP TP OF oc oc OV Open collector VCC TP TP h O P D C OV B 28 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 727 37 ABZ1 AB2 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 5V Line driver o TP TP d oc Q Complementary VCC TP TP Z i O P oc oc OV Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 B 29 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories V7 37 3 B 9 AMD EMI Filter Cross Reference AC Drives Model Number FootPrint VFD007V43A 2 VFD015V43A 2 VFD022V43A 2 RF022B43AA Y VFD037V43A 2 RF037B43BA VFD055V43A 2 VFD075V43A 2 VFD110V43A 2 MEDIDAS RF110B43CA Y VFD007V23A 2 VFD015V23A 2 10TDT1WA4C N VFD022V23A 2 VFD037V23A 2 26TDT1W4C N VFD055V23A 2 VFD075V23A 2 VFD150V43A 2 VFD185V43A 2 SUI REIS N VFD110V23A 2 VFD150V23A 2 VFD220V43A 2 VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 100TDS84C N VFD550V43A 2 VFD750V43A 2 VFD550V43C 2 Meam 200TDDS84C N VFD185V23A 2 VFD220V23A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD450V43A 2 Teer N V
218. eries 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 0 0 Ea V f curve setting is usually set by the motor s allowable loading characteristics Pay special attention to the motor s heat dissipation dynamic balance and bearing lubricity if the loading characteristics exceed the loading limit of the motor For the V f curve setting it should be Pr 01 012 Pr 01 03 gt Pr 01 05 gt Pr 01 07 There is no limit for the voltage setting but a high voltage at the low frequency may cause motor damage overheat stall prevention or over current protection Therefore please use the low voltage at the low frequency to prevent motor damage Ea Pr 01 35 to Pr 01 42 is the V f curve for the motor 2 When multi function input terminals Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 14 is set to 14 and enabled or switch to the A connection the AC motor drive will act as the 2nd V f curve Ea The V f curve for the motor 1 is shown as follows The V f curve for the motor 2 can be deduced from it Voltage Output Frequency 1st Output Output Frequency U ini pper Limit Voltage Setting 01 1 11 Lower Limit PM 01 10 2nd Ou tput q Frequ ency output H ranges limitation i Voltage Setting 01 0 4 i Reg ular V f Curve 3rd Output 4 Special vit Curve Voltage Sgitindi tn 01 0 f 4th Output i Voltage Setting i Fis quenc 01 08 01 07 01 09 01 05 01 03 01 01 01 00 y 4th Freq 3rdFreq 1st Freq Maximum Output Start Freq 2nd Freq Frequency V f Curve Revis
219. erved 11 10 X Speed Feed Forward Gain Unit 1 Control Eqgcopg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 100 Ea It is used to improve the speed response 11 10 p Speed feed forward gain SE Torque 00 20 gt gt 5 EO m La A ASR E command Torque limit 10 09 07 32 07 35 speed feedback Tq Bias Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 183 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 A Speed Response of Flux Weakening Area Unit 1 Contro Focpg Factory Setting 65 mode Settings 0 to 15096 0 disable Ea It is used to control the response speed for the flux weakening area The larger number you set the faster response you will get a Notch Filter Depth Unit 1 Control rocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 20 db 1 14 A Notch Filter Frequency Unit 0 01 Control FocpG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 200 00 E This parameter is used to set resonance frequency of mechanical system It can be used to suppress the resonance of mechanical system E The larger number you set Pr 11 13 the better suppression resonance function you will get The notch filter frequency is the resonance of mechanical frequency EE Gain Value of Slip Compensation Unit 0 01 Contro sye Factory Setting 1 00 B L mo
220. etime If the capacity of AC motor drive is too large it cannot offer complete protection to the motor and motor maybe damaged If the capacity of AC motor drive is too small it cannot offer the required performance and the AC motor drive maybe damaged due to overloading But by simply selecting the AC motor drive of the same capacity as the motor user application requirements cannot be met completely Therefore a designer should consider all the conditions including load type load speed load characteristic operation method rated output rated speed power and the change of load capacity The following table lists the factors you need to consider depending on your requirements Related Specification Item Speed and torque characteristics Time Overload Starting ratings capacity torque Friction load and weight load Liquid viscous load Inertia load e e Load with power transmission Constant torque Constant output Decreasing torque e e Decreasing output Constant load Shock load Repetitive load e e e e High starting torque Low starting torque Continuous operation Short time operation e Long time operation at medium low speeds Maximum output current instantaneous e Constant output current continuous Maximum frequency Base frequency e Power supply transformer capacity or percentage impedance Voltage fluctuations and unbalance e e Number of phases single phase protection Frequency Mechanical friction los
221. feedback card is correct orc Check if the wiring of the feedback card PI gain parameter is correct or adjust decel accel time orcu Check if the wiring of the feedback card PI gain parameter uU is correct or adjust decel accel time After the fault is cleared please trial run again Check if the output current is normal When changing frequency command check if the output current is increased or decreased abnormally If it is abnormal please check if Pr 10 00 and Pr 10 27 Pr 10 28 are correct Changing the rotation direction of the motor Adjust the rotation direction of the motor to ensure that it can run in all the rotation directions Increase the frequency command Check if the output current frequency and motor actual speed it can set Pr 00 04 7 during operation is normal in different commands Finish trial run If the results of trial run are normal the trial run in FOCPG mode is completed Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 77 37 al 3 3 24 Step 4 Inertia estimate W Check if the load and motor are connected correctly W Adjust accel decel time The setting of accel decel time Pr 01 12 Pr 01 13 can be lessened when the current voltage is within specification no fault code over current voltage occurs Pr 01 12 0 00 600 00 sec 0
222. firmation input Pr 02 01 06 30 Y A switch error i frequency EL 2 seconds i delay time Pr 05 30 Full load Current of Motor 2 A Unit Amp Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 40 to 120 LL This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 9096 X rated current Example The rated current for 7 5HP 5 5kW is 25 and factory setting is 22 5A The range for setting will be 10 30A 25 40 10 and 25 120 30 M Rated Power of Motor 2 kW Unit 0 01 Control sc FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting mode Settings 0 to 655 35 qo It is used to set rated power of the motor 2 The factory setting is the power of the drive A Rated Speed of Motor 2 rpm Unit 1 Control epg svc FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1710 mode Settings 0 to 65535 Aa It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and need to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate 4 106 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 172 3 Number of Motor Poles 2 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 2 to 20 Ea It is used to set the number of motor poles must be an even number 05 17 No load Current of Motor 2 Unit Amp Control VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Facto
223. frequency are in inverse proportion Types of Pulse f Generators Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m 1 25mm AWG16 or above Line Driver 300m Complementary 70m 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 jumper Braking resistor optional Non fu se breaker 4 32 B1 A NFB R RILI UT 9 3 Motor s2 VIT2 VE TAS WT3 w ga FWD STOP Eu REV STOP REV Factory 5 MM VP setting RA Me DCM Multi step 4 an y Moo MI4 A1 No function MIS B1 PG No function Mie BT Line driver Digital Signal Common Zi DCM 1 Zi 1 incre mental encoder AO VP ie A manual pulse generator BO B2 J MPG ZO B2 10 17 ZO DCM 10 18 Line driver EVV FGO1L Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 27 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 737 3 wiring 2 Jumper Brake resistor optional No fuse breaker H KU E RABS RILI Uri 2 r N otor S 0 5 cs vm y M 3 T O TL3 WT w FWDISTOP 9 HEN REVISTOP REV Multi step 1 MM Factory Multi step2 MI2 aa I setting Multi step 3 M DEM l Multi step4_ MI A1 No function _ MIB B1 l PG No function MIG BT i Line driv r Digita Signal Commonp cy Z1 Zr I incremental encodd EH PLC 7 ee HH A2 AO volrurii yo A2 AO i vor ruri Yo B2 BO E Yi Li Y1 B po ioy Fii ya 070 CM DCM ZO phase diff
224. ge for Encoder Position Attained Unit 1 Factory Setting 10 Control yrpG FOCPG mode Settings 0 to 20000 pulses Ea This parameter determines the internal positioning position attained in the position control mode 10 23 A Feed Forward Gain of APR Unit 1 Factory Setting 30 Contro VEPG FOCPG mode Settings 0 to 100 Ea For position control the larger this parameter is set the less pulse differential it will be and also make the position response be faster But it may occur overshoot easily E When the multi function input terminal is set to 37 ON this parameter can be set by requirement If it is set to any value except 0 and adjust Pr 11 17 Low pass Filter Time of PG2 Pulse Input to lessen position overshoot and pulse differential If it is set to 0 position overshoot won t occur but the pulses differential is determined by Pr 11 18 APR Gain 4 177 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 7 35 Al h Deceleration Time for Internal Position Waiting Time for Unit 0 01 0 1 Switching Max Frequency Contro eng FOCPG Factory Setting 3 00 3 0 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec 0 0 to 6000 0 sec B L When the multi function input terminal is set to 35 ON this parameter setting will be the deceleration time for internal position gq When the multi fun
225. gnal of AUI analog input terminal in 96 13 Range 10V 10V corresponds to 100 100 3 refer M 3 Gu to NOTE 2 14 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t 15 Display the temperature of IGBT in C T b Hi ME 16 Display digital input status ON OFF Pr 02 10 i refer nn to NOTE 3 J uu 1 Display digital output status ON OFF Pr 02 15 o nn refer to NOTE 4 uo oc Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 49 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 Al ik a Content of Multi Function function Display m 3 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i LEEF 19 referto NOTE 3 i The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output o 7 20 referto NOTE 4 f Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card When the motor direction is changed or drive is stop 18 Display multi step speed S 21 the counter will start from O display will be changed to 0 Max 65535 Z 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card max 65535 4 MS 24 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and N5 835 MI ON P refer to NOTE5 Display the present reel diameter under the tension 25 Lii control in mm d Display the present line speed under the tension control 26 in m min L Display the present tension setting under the tension E3 d control in N
226. h Level for Smart Start and PID Function Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 15 0 mode Settings 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 En Example Assume that the tension feedback 0 100 corresponds to loose tension to tight tension Pr 08 26 50 and Pr 08 56 10 the smart start range will be from 0 40 08 57 Frequency for Smart Start Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 2 00 mode Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 08 58 X Accel Time for Smart Start Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 3 00 mode Settings 0 01 600 00 sec Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 151 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT La Pr 08 55 08 58 are only valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 Pr 08 58 is only valid when there is no source of line speed La When start up it can set Pr 08 55 to 1 to prevent too long time for stable the dancer under loose material or out of Pr 08 56 setting Example The PID control is only valid when setting Pr 08 57 and Pr 08 58 to make the tension feedback reaches Pr 08 56 setting En In unwind mode when Pr 08 55 is set to 2 it allows to operate the motor in opposite direction to tight the material automatically Erg Broken Belt Detection Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable EMI Min Line Speed of Broken
227. he wiring for the communication is correct Check if there is any wrong with the keypad If the fault code is still displayed on the keypad after pressing RESET key please return to the factory 1 Check the wiring of the Y connection A connection Check the parameters settings Set Pr 07 13 to 0 Check if input power is stable Check if motor parameter is correct please decrease the load if overload Check the settings of Pr 05 26 and Pr 05 27 6 5 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 7 37 al Fault Name tat 6 1 2 Reset Fault Descriptions It will be displayed when broken belt detection function is enabled Pr 08 59 allowance error is higher than Pr 08 61 and detection time exceeds Pr 08 62 It will be displayed when the allowance error of tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 setting and allowance error detection time exceeds Pr 08 64 setting Corrective Actions Check if the belt is broken Check the settings of Pr 08 60 Pr 08 62 and Pr 08 63 Check if the PID feedback is correct Check if the material is broken Check the settings of Pr 08 63 and Pr 08 64 There are three methods to reset the AC motor drive after solving the fault E 1 Press WP key on KPV CE01 2 Setexternal terminal to RESET set one of Pr 02 01 Pr 02 06 Pr 02 23 Pr 02 30 to 5 and then set to be ON
228. ias 1 AUI Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 100 0 100 0 analog input 0 Unit 0 1 Factory setting 0 Ea It is used to set the corresponding AUI voltage of the external analog input O X Positive negative Bias Mode AVI Positive negative Bias Mode ACI M Positive negative Bias Mode AUI Control mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Settings 0 Zero bias 1 Lower than bias bias 2 Greater than bias bias Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Factory setting 0 4 95 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT 3 The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving as the center 4 Serve bias as the center Ea In a noisy environment it is advantageous to use negative bias to provide a noise margin It is recommended NOT to use less than 1V to set the operation frequency 03 00 to 03 02 03 09 03 11 gain is positive 0 Zerobias 1 Lower than bias bias 2 Greater than bias bias The absolute value ofthe bias voltage while serving asthe center 4 Serve bias as the center 9 2 10V 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 41234567 8910V Negative bias bias A bias v4 Positive bias REI Analog Input Gain 1 AVI Unit 1 KE Analog Input Gain 1 ACI Unit 1 A Analog Input Gain 1 AUI Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 100 0 mode Settings 500 0 500 0
229. ime Time by Pr 01 34 by Pr 01 34 Fmin Fcmd2 i Fcmd2 Flow amp 1 Fomd2 lt Fmin 4 64 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 al NO Fomd gt Fmin 9 by Pr 01 34 y YES NO YES Fstart gt Fmin fstart F min lt _ Flow 0 H zFcmd Hz Fcmd YES Fmin fstart Fstart Fstart Time M operation after NO Start up NO Flow 0 i Fomd Flow NO YES by YES Femd Fmin 5 94 34 es JO Eas Pr 01 34 RH i NO y YES Ie H Flow H Fcmd i H Fcmd Hz Hz i Hz 60H 60Hz Z H Flow Fomd i H Fcmd1 How gt Flow Fcmd1 Femd1 Femd1 gt Flow amp Femd1 gt Fmin Fstart Fmin Fomd1 gt Fmin EIE Fmin Femd2 CMS i Flow Time Time Time by Pr 01 34 by Pr 01 34 Fmin Fcmd2 Fomd2 gt Flow amp i Fcmd2 Fmin EL Output Frequency Upper Limit Unit 0 01 Contei VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 600 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 11 Output Frequency Lower Limit Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea The upper lower output frequency setting is used to limit the actual output frequency If the frequency setting is higher than the upper l
230. ime No Y Need to considerate to Reduce moment No R use brake unit and of inertia lt 4 Reduce moment of load inertia DC brake m F No Use brake unit or DC brake a 5s Need to check control method Please contact DELTA 5 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 7 37 5 4 Low Voltage Lv Low voltage Power cut including momentary Yes M power loss P Check if there is any malfunction yes component or disconnection in power supply circuit Restart after reset Change defective component and check connection No Check if voltage is No Change power supply within specification d system for requirement p Check if there is heavy load ves _ Using the different power with high start current in the supply for this drive and same power system heavy load system lii No Check if Lv occurs when Yes Suitable power breaker and magnetic transformer capacity M Yes contactor is ON Check if voltage between 1 2 No Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction and is greater than Pr 06 00 Please contact DELTA ves Control circuit has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Revision De
231. imit it will run with the upper limit frequency If output frequency lower than output frequency lower limit and frequency setting is higher than Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 65 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters ZZY min frequency it will run with lower limit frequency The upper limit frequency should be set to be higher than the lower limit frequency Voltage Output Frequency 1st Outpu Output Frequency Upper Limit Voltage Setting 101 1 Lower Limit iud 01 02 Frequency output 2nd Outpu meon Voltage Settin ranges limitation 01 04 porn Regular V f Curve 3rd Outpu PO 4 Special V f Curve Voltage Setting 15 tooa 01 06 4th Outpu Voltage Setting D i H i n Frequency 01 08 01 07 01 09 01 05 01 03 01 01 01 00 4th Freq 3rd Freq 1st Freq Maximum Output Start Freq 2nd Freq Frequency V f Curve LEP Accel Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 ULGE Decel Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 ESC Sl w Accel Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 EX EMI Decel Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 EE v Accel Time 3 Unit 0 1 0 01 LETA Decel Time 3 Unit 0 1 0 01 IEEE v Accel Time 4 Unit 0 1 0 01 EEE v Decel Time 4 Unit 0 1 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 10 00 10 0 mode Settings 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec JOG Acceleration Time Unit 0 1 0 01 JOG Deceleration Time Unit 0 1 0 0
232. ion tension closed loop O C O O O 15 Tension setting tension open loop C 16 Zero speed tension O 17 Tension taper Q En When it is frequency command or TQC speed limit the corresponding value for 0 10V 4 20mA is 0 max output frequency Pr 01 00 LJ When it is torque command or torque limit the corresponding value for 0 t10V 4 20mA is 0 max output torque Pr 07 22 m D When it is torque compensation the corresponding value for 0 10V 4 20mA is 0 rated torque 4 94 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Positive torque A http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 x 03 00 02 7 03 00 02 9 Positive torque limit Regenerative torque limit 03 00 02 10 EJ Positive negative torque limit Reverse gt Forward 03 00 02 10 x Positive negative torque limit a 03 00 02 9 Regenerative torque limit 03 00 02 8 x Negative torque limit Negative Torque Analog Input Bias 1 AVI Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 100 0 100 0 Unit 0 1 Factory setting 0 Ea It is used to set the corresponding AVI voltage of the external Analog Input Bias 1 ACI Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 100 0 100 0 analog input 0 Unit 0 1 Factory setting 0 Ea It is used to set the corresponding ACI voltage of the external Analog Input B
233. ion Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 63 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 Al Start Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Q When start frequency is higher than the min output frequency drives output will be from start frequency to the setting frequency Please refer to the following diagram for details M Fomd frequency command Fstart start frequency Pr 01 09 fstart actual start frequency of drive Fmin 4th output frequency setting Pr 01 07 Pr 01 41 Flow output frequency lower limit Pr 01 11 NO Fomd gt Fmin by Pr 01 34 Y YES NO YES Fstart gt Fmin fstart Fmin Flow 0 9 H Fcmd Hz Fcmd y YES Eni fstart F start maen Fstart Time Y operation after NO Start up NO Flow 0 gt _ __ gt lt _ Femd gt Flow i NO Le YES by Fcmd Fmin Pr 01 34 by 4 Femd Fmi Pr 01 34 aestu i NO y YES Ip H Flow H Fcmd 1 H Fcmd Hz H2 H 60Hz 60Hz H Flow Fomd i H Fcmd1 Flow Flow Fcmd1 Fomd1 w gt Femd1 gt Flow amp Femd1 gt Fmin F start Fmin Fcmd1 Fmin Fmin Fmin Femd2 Fomd2 ini Flow Time T
234. ions when selecting motor cable 1 Use the cable with shielding double shielding is the best 2 The shielding on both ends of the motor cable should be grounded with the minimum length and maximum contact area 3 Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with the plate and shielding Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with the plate and shielding Ji LM A saddle L the plate with grounding YA bos pe SS N I pw JI P j Saddle on both ben ce Saddle on one end Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 31 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 3 The length of motor cable When motor is driven by an AC motor drive of PWM type the motor terminals will experience surge voltages easily due to components conversion of AC motor drive and cable capacitance When the motor cable is very long especially for the 460V series surge voltages may reduce insulation quality To prevent this situation please follow the rules below W Use a motor with enhanced insulation W Connect an output reactor optional to the output terminals of the AC motor drive W The length of the cable between AC motor drive and motor should be as short as possible 10 to 20 m or less W For models 7 5hp 5 5kW and above Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V
235. is set to 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed PID Target Value of 0 0 100 0 P O 408 26 Tension Line Speed 00 O b 08 27 Source of Tension Line 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID 0 o j O O Speed PID Feedback feedback of tension dd l E id iii 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension 0 Disable E F O PID 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 31corresponds to 08 Ew iss iE 7 44 08 32 08 34 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 31 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 34 corresponds to 01 00 08 29 Tension PID P1 0 0 1000 0 50 0 lololo o o x 08 30 Tension PID I 0 00 500 00 sec 100 Jo lo Oo o 08 31 Reserved x 08 32 Tension PID P2 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O O QO M 08 33 Tension PID I2 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O oO 08 34 Reserved 08 35 PID Line Speed Output 0 Posi output 0 Oo oO Q O O S Status 1 Negative output Tension Line Speed PID 0 100 00 according to Pr 01 00 20 00 JO OJO O 08 36 Fs Output Limit 08 37 Source of Line Speed 0 Disable 0 OIOI e Input Command 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed 2 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 3 Pulse input Pr 08 40 4 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 08 38 Max Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 1000 0 C Q O 08 39 Min Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 Oo Q O 08 40 Pulse Number for Each 0 0 6000 0 0 0 G o O Meter M 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 OTe Q O 08 42 Source of Reel 0 Calculated by line
236. ise filter at the input terminal of the AC motor drive to prevent noise from power circuit In a word three level solutions for electromagnetic noise are no product no spread and no receive 5 14 Environmental Condition Since AC motor drive is an electronic device you should comply with the environmental condition stated in the appendix A Following are the remedial measures for necessary To prevent vibration anti vibration spacer is the last choice The vibration tolerance must be within the specification The vibration effect is equal to the mechanical stress and it cannot occur frequently continuously or repeatedly to prevent damaging AC motor drive Store in a clean and dry location free from corrosive fumes dust to prevent rustiness poor contact It also may cause short by low insulation in a humid location The solution is to use both paint and dust proof For particular occasion use the enclosure with whole seal structure The surrounding temperature should be within the specification Too high or low temperature will affect the lifetime and reliability For semiconductor components damage will occur once any specification is out of range Therefore it is necessary to clean and periodical check for the air cleaner and cooling fan besides having cooler and sunshade In additional the microcomputer may not work in extreme low temperature and needs to have heater Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 5 9 CALL NOW 800 98
237. it mm inch Frame Ww w1 H H1 D D1 D2 S1 S2 Bi 150 0 135 0 260 0 244 3 160 2 67 0 4 0 8 0 6 5 5 91 5 32 10 24 9 63 6 31 2 64 0 16 0 32 0 26 150 0 135 0 272 1 2443 1837 67 0 4 0 8 0 6 5 5 91 5 32 10 72 9 63 7 24 2 64 0 16 0 32 0 26 B2 Dra Frame B1 VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 VFD022V23A 43A 2 Frame B2 VFD037V23A 43A 2 1 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction ZZY Frame C w w1 C t J xir o at E st 2 Unit mm inch Frame Ww wi H H1 D S1 S2 C 200 0 185 6 323 0 244 3 160 2 7 0 7 0 7 88 7 31 12 73 9 63 6 31 0 28 0 28 gt a Frame C VFD055V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 1 11 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 1 Introduction 17 3 Frame D DE UU p es lee T a T T m TESTEN Ls LIT COCO ICCB Unit mm inch Frame Ww W1 H H1 D D1 D2 S1 250 0 226 0 4082
238. k Low 9 CRC Check High A Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 163 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J 4 164 3 4 Check sum ASCII mode LRC Longitudinal Redundancy Check is calculated by summing up module 256 the values of the bytes from ADR1 to last data character then calculating the hexadecimal representation of the 2 s complement negation of the sum For example reading 1 word from address 0401H of the AC drive with address 01H STX ed Address 1 K Address 0 T Function 1 0 Function 0 3 ay Starting data address v 0 0 Number of data 0 qi LRC Check 1 F LRC Check 0 6 END 1 CR END 0 LF 01H 03H 04H 01H 00H 01H 0AH the 2 s complement negation of OAH is F6H RTU mode Address 01H Function 03H Starting data address 21H 02H Number of data 00H count by word 02H CRC CHK Low 6FH CRC CHK High F7H CRC Cyclical Redundancy Check is calculated by the following steps Step 1 Load a 16 bit register called CRC register with FFFFH Step 2 Exclusive OR the first 8 bit byte of the command message with the low order byte of the 16 bit CRC register putting the result in the CRC register Step 3 Examine the LSB of CRC register Step 4 If the LSB of CRC register is 0 shift the CRC register one bit to the
239. l Gain P Unit 0 1 Cantal VE VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 80 0 Settings 0 0 to 500 0 Ea This parameter determinates the gain of the feedback loop If the gain is large the response will be strong and immediate if the gain is too large vibration may occur If the gain is small the response will weak and slow EMI Integral Gain I Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 100 00 sec Ea This parameter determines the speed of response for the PID feedback loop If the integral time is long the response will be slow If the integral time is short the response will be quick Be careful not to set l too small since a rapid response may cause oscillation in the PID loop E If the integral time is set as 0 00 Pr 08 02 will be disabled Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 135 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters ZZY WK Derivative Control D Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 1 00 sec m Ca This parameter determines the damping effect for the PID feedback loop If the differential time is long any oscillation will quickly subside If the differential time is short the oscillation will subside slowly 08 04 Upper limit for Integral Control Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 Settings
240. l Reel Diameter 2 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0mm Ea Pr 08 46 needs to be used by setting 44 46 to Pr 02 01 02 06 Pr 02 23 Pr 02 30 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 149 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters ZZY LU When you need to have many types of reel diameter please set Pr 08 45 to 0 set by communication For example Pr 08 46 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan or text panel PLC product TP series via communication E When the drive is at stop and it is in tension control mode it needs to set 3 step initial reel diameter Pr 08 46 48 by the digital status of multi function input terminal setting 45 and 46 before using terminal 44 as shown in the following table MI 46 MI 45 MI 44 OFF OFF ON it will write Pr 08 46 into Pr 54 OFF ON ON it will write Pr 08 47 into Pr 08 54 ON OFF ON it will write Pr 08 48 into Pr 08 54 ON ON ON it will reset Pr 08 54 to the factory setting 08 49 Number of Pulse Per Revolution Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 1 to 10000ppr gq When Pr 08 42 is set to 1 it needs to be used with this parameter This parameter is the number of pulse per revolution that a reel rotates 08 50 Coil Number for Each Layer Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQ
241. l temperature exceeds Pr 06 30 PTC level oH3 tH io tHeo Fan Fan failure Overload The AC motor drive detects excessive drive output current NOTE The AC motor drive can withstand up to 150 of the rated current for a maximum of 60 seconds Electronics thermal relay 1 protection Eo 2 Electronics thermal id relay 2 protection Broken fuse The fuse at DC side is broken for 30hp and below FuSE Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 OH1 hardware failure OH2 hardware failure http www automatedpt com WEVA Corrective Actions Ensure that the ambient temperature falls within the specified temperature range Make sure that the ventilation holes are not obstructed Remove any foreign objects from the heatsinks and check for possible dirty heat sink fins Check the fan and clean it Provide enough spacing for adequate ventilation Ensure that the ambient temperature falls within the specified temperature range Make sure that the ventilation holes are not obstructed Remove any foreign objects from the heatsinks and check for possible dirty heat sink fins Check the fan and clean it Provide enough spacing for adequate ventilation Make sure that the motor is not obstructed 2 Ensure that the ambient temperature falls within the specified temperature range 3 Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Return to the factory Retur
242. led 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection O O 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection oO 28 Emergency stop EF1 O O 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection oO 30 Signal confirmation for A connection O 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable multi step position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection 44 Enable initial reel diameter 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 46 Reset ial reel diameter 2 47 Reset PID control integration of tension 48 Mechanical gear ratio switch Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 39 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters a
243. ll be invalid and Pr 11 02 11 04 and 11 11 are valid Bit 221 when frequency command is less than Fmin Pr 01 07 it will use zero servo function YES Setting auto gain adjustment Pr 11 00 1 Adjust Pr 11 02 11 03 and 11 11 separately by speed response Adjust by requirement Pr 11 04 PDFF function Adjust gain value by manual Pr 11 00 0 factory setting Adjust Pr 10 04 10 05 10 06 10 07 10 21 and 10 22 separatelyby speed response Adjust by requirement Pr 10 09 for general no need to adjust Adjust by requirement Pr 10 08 ASR1 ASR2 switch frequency Adjust by requirement Pr 07 32 35 torque limit Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 PI P a Pr 11 11 10 21 s use to adjust the K 5 10 22 strengthofzero 1 Pr 11 01value i servo lock 2 set Pr 11 00to bit 0 1 10 04 X i EN ER 10 08 i 11 02 18 08 5 X oo f 10208 a esc 10 07 5Hz 5Hz gt lt gt i H L gt Hz i Hz ohz 10 08 oHz 10 08 PI adjustment manual gain Pl adjustment auto gain ELE Per Unit of System Inertia Unit 1 Contro Egcpg TQCPG Factory Setting 400 mode Settings 1 to 65535 256 1PU Ea To get the system inertia from Pr 11 01 user needs to set Pr 11 00 to bit1 1 and execute co
244. log input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID 0 O O O 3 Speed PID Feedback feedback of tension 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension PID 0 Disable OJ O O O 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 08 44 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 01 00 Proportional Gain 1 of 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O O O O 08 29 Tension PID P 08 30 Integral Time of Tension 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O Oo O PID I 4 18 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Pr Explanation Settings ETE VF VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 08 31 Reserved Proportional Gain 2 of 0 0 1000 0 50 0 Q 108 32 Tension PID P M 08 33 Integral Time 2 of Tension 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O PIDI 08 34 Reserved 08 35 PID Line Speed Output 0 Positive output 0 O Q Status 1 Negative output Tension Line Speed PID 0 100 00 20 00 Q 08 36 D Output Limit 08 37 Source of Line Speed 0 Disable 0 O C C Input Command 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed 2 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 3 Pulse input Pr 08 40 4 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 08 38 Max Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 1000 0 O Oo 08 39 Min
245. lti step4 aw Bf No function J Mis i B1 Line driver No function MIG EE il l Digital Signal Common 1 210 w Y lt DCM T incremental encoder F i a 0 30Vmax PLC 750 2kW 1 AW you im IE TP elm A2 a2 f GNDC AE ev OC 5 Types of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 12V 5V 12V VOLTAGE NER TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V d n i B O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 21 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 37 4 ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 12V 5V 12V Open collector VCC i in i i i T O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V 0v Line driver TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V i d n H OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V Q Complementary VCC TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V i T O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V 0v B 8 2 EMV PG010 PG OUT Pulse output a ias Ae de i del AB2 PG2signal 4 E D i es mode switch E E 1 o ead PS1 ABZ1 PG1 signal 5 12V switch mode switch PG1 PG2 Pulse feedback Pulse input B 22 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 757 37 3 1 Terminals descriptions
246. m MCM Multi function Output Max 48VDC 50mA Common Photocoupler Multi function Output 1 Maximum 48VDC 50mA MO1 Photocoupl Photocoupler Refer to Pr 02 13 to Pr 02 14 for programming MO1 MO2 DCM Maa MO1 MO2 Multi function Output 2 7 TA s Photocoupler x C L3 MCM ees Internal Circuit Analog voltage Input 410V x Impedance 200kQ AVI circuit AWW Resolution 12 bits AVI E Range 0 10VDC 0 Max Output i AVI L Frequency Pr 01 00 E Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 ACM internal circuit Analog current Input Impedance 2500 ac AC circuit Resolution 12 bits Range 4 20mA 0 10V ACI 0 Max Output Frequency Pr 01 00 Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 Jumper ACI jumper factory setting is ACM internalcircuit 4 20mA Impedance 200kQ ge d voltage input Resolution 12 bits AUI circuit 10 ae areni Range 10 10VDC 0 Max Output Frequency AUI E l Pr 01 00 Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 internal circuit Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 2 13 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 17 3 A Terminal 7 Factory Settings SINK Terminal Function Symbol ON Connect to DCM Analog output meter Impedance 18 5kQ voltage output 1 1mQ current output P Output current 20mA max h Resolution max frequency corresponds to AFM ji
247. mand 1 multi step position itis Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire operation 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position oloo o command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 OJO O O Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset E O Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command 02 04 Multi Function Input 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 Command 4 M4 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 Command 5 MIS 10 EF input Pr 07 36 Oo 02 06 Multi Function Input 0 o Command 6 MI6 11 B Brinput specific terminal for O TRG 12 Output stop Me 02 23 Multi Function Input 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 02 24 Multi Function Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 0 cA RUE Command 8 02 25 Muitl Function Input 15 operation speed command form AVI 9 Sow Command 9 02 26 Multi Function Input 16 operation speed command form ACI 0 za s Command 10 02 27 Muitl Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI g ai lee Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input 0 OJO Jc Oo Command 12 18 Emergency Stop Pr 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input pu 0 OJO JC Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 Multi Function Input 0 Command 14 20 Digital
248. mmunication error thus the AC motor drive has no response The master device will eventually process a timeout condition The AC motor drive receives the messages without a communication error but cannot handle them An exception response will be returned to the master device and an error message CExx will be displayed on the keypad of AC motor drive The xx of CExx is a decimal code equal to the exception code that is described below Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 In the exception response the most significant bit of the original command code is set to 1 and an exception code which explains the condition that caused the exception is returned Example of an exception response of command code 06H and exception code 02H ASCII mode RTU mode STX e Address 01H Address Low 0 Function 86H Address High T Exception code 02H Function Low 8 CRC CHK Low C3H Function High 6 CRC CHK High A1H Exception code LRC CHK Low T LRC CHK High T END 1 CR END 0 LF The explanation of exception codes Exception code Explanation Illegal function code 01 The function code received in the command message is not available for the AC motor drive Illegal data address 02 The data address received in the command message is not
249. motor during start up and stopping When setting DC Brake Current the Rated Current Pr 00 01 is regarded as 10096 It is recommended to start with a low DC Brake Current Level and then increase until proper holding torque has been attained En When it is in FOCPG TQCPG mode DC brake is zero speed operation It can enable DC brake function by setting to any value 07 02 A DC Brake Time at Start up Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 60 0 sec LH This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current after a RUN command When the time has elapsed the AC motor drive will start accelerating from the Minimum Frequency Pr 01 05 07 03 DC Brake Time at Stop Unit 0 01 pontrol VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 60 00 sec Ea This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current during stopping 07 04 A Start Point for DC Brake Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz J This parameter determines the frequency when DC Brake will begin during deceleration 4 122 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Output frequency DC Braking Time during Stopping 07 04 01 09 Start point for Minimum DC braking ud 1 y outp
250. motor is overloaded Check whether motor rated current setting Pr 05 01 is suitable Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Press RESET key to the factory setting Return to the factory Press RESET key to the factory setting Return to the factory e power on to try it If fault code is still splayed on the keypad please return to the factory Re power on to try it If fault code is still displayed on the keypad please return to the factory ds Check cabling between drive and motor 2 Retry again 1 Check the wiring of the PID feedback 2 Check the PID parameters settings Check if Pr 10 01 is set to 0 when it is PG feedback control PG feedback loss Check the wiring of the PG feedback 1 2 RAIN gt N alo Check the wiring of the PG feedback Check if the setting of PI gain and deceleration is suitable Return to the factor Check the pulse wiring Return to the factory Check the ACI wiring Check if the ACI signal is less than 4mA Input EF N O on external terminal is closed to GND Output U V W will be turned off Give RESET command after fault has been cleared When the multi function input terminals MI1 to MI6 are set to emergency stop the AC motor drive stops output U V W and the motor coasts to stop Press RESET after fault has been cleared Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance
251. n EZ Motor Direction Control Factory setting 0 Control yr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 0 Enable forward reverse 1 Disable reverse 2 Disable forward aa This parameter enables the AC motor drives to run in the forward reverse Direction It may be used to prevent a motor from running in a direction that would consequently injure humans or damage the equipment Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 60 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 Group 1 Basic Parameters 01 00 Maximum Output Frequency Unit 0 01 nen VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 Settings 50 0 to 600 00Hz Ea This parameter determines the AC motor drive s Maximum Output Frequency All the AC motor drive frequency command sources analog inputs 0 to 10V 4 to 20mA and 10V to 10V are scaled to correspond to the output frequency range 1st Output Frequency Setting 1 1st Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Factory setting 60 00 50 00 Control mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea These are for the base frequency and motor rated frequency Ea This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate If the motor is 60Hz the setting should be 60Hz If the motor is 50Hz it should be set to 50Hz Ea Pr 01 35 is used for the application
252. n to the factory 1 Make sure that the fan is not obstructed 2 Return to the factory Check whether the motor is overloaded Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Check the setting of electronics thermal relay Pr 06 14 Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Check the setting of electronics thermal relay Pr 06 28 Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Check whether the fuse of the transistor module is functioning well Check whether the loading side is short circuit 6 3 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 7 37 4 Fault Name Fault Descriptions 6 4 ote cFe cd cdi cde cd3 Heo Hd Hde Hd3 RUE RFE PGF P fe PLES PEY i ur i oce RCE EF EF These two fault codes will be displayed when output current exceeds the over torque detection level Pr 06 07 or Pr 06 10 and exceeds over torque detection Pr 06 08 or Pr 06 11 and it is set 2 or 4 in Pr 06 06 or Pr 06 09 Internal EEPROM can not be programmed Internal EEPROM Isumerror OV hardware error GFF hardware error Auto tuning error PID loss ACI PG feedback error PG feedback stall PG slip error Pulse input error Pulse input loss ACI loss External Fault Emergency stop CALL NOW 800 985 6929 1 2 1 2 R d Corrective Actions Check whether the
253. nd monitor 2119H Bit 1 1 Operation status Read only Bit 2 1 Jog command Bit 3 1 REV command Bit4 1 REV command A 1 Master frequency Controlled by communication Bit 8 interface Bit 9 1 Master frequency controlled by analog signal A 1 Operation command controlled by Bit 10 M ONE communication interface Bit 11 1 Parameters have been locked Bit 12 1 enable to copy parameter from keypad Bit 13 15 Reserved 2102H Frequency command F 2103H Output frequency H 2104H Output current AXXX X 2105H DC BUS Voltage UXXX X 2106H Output voltage EXXX X 2107H Current step number of Multi Step Speed Operation 2109H Counter value 2116H Multi function display Pr 00 04 211AH Setting frequency F 211BH Max setting frequency 211CH Max output frequency 2200H Feedback Signal XXX XX 96 2203H AVI analog input XXX XX 96 2204H ACI analog input XXX XX 96 2205H AUI analog input XXX XX 96 2206H Display temperature of IGBT C 2207H Display temperature of heatsink C 2208H Digital input status 2209H Digital output status 3 6 Exception response The AC motor drive is expected to return a normal response after receiving command messages from the master device The following depicts the conditions when no normal response is replied to the master device The AC motor drive does not receive the messages due to a co
254. ng the running direction is limited by Pr 00 20 and the opposite running direction is limited by Pr 07 26 Running opposite running direction are limited by Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 A Torque Mode Speed Limit A Torque Mode Speed Limit Control mode TQCPG Settings 0 to 120 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 torque A motor speed 07 25 00 20 Pr 07 24 1 When itis reverse running the running direction is limited by Pr 07 25 and the opposite running direction is limited by Pr 00 20 Unit 1 Unit 1 Factory Setting 10 Ea These parameters are used in the torque mode to limit the running direction and opposite direction Pr 01 00 max output frequency 100 EZ Source of Torque Offset Control mode ave FOCPG TQCPG Disable Analog input Pr 03 00 Settings 0 1 2 Torque offset setting 3 Factory Setting 0 Control by external terminal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 Ea This parameter is the source of torque offset Ea When it is set to 3 the source of torque offset will decide to Pr 07 29 Pr 07 30 and Pr 07 31 by the multi function input terminals MI setting 31 32 or 33 MI is set to 31 MI is set to 32 MI is set to 33 Torque offset OFF OFF OFF None OFF OFF ON 07 31 OFF ON OFF 07 30 OFF ON ON 07 31 07 30 ON OFF OFF 07 29 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 131 http Awww automat
255. ng 0 Multi function Output 9 MO7 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Output 10 MO8 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 EE AW Multi function Output 11 MOQ need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 PE VEM Multi function Output 12 MOA need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 50 Summary of function settings Take the normally open contact for example ON contact is closed OFF contact is open Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Operation indication O O oO O 2 Operation speed attained O O O O 3 Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 O O O O 4 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 O Oo O 5 Zero speed frequency command Q OQ O 6 Zero speed with stop frequency command O O Q Q 7 Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 O O OQ O 8 Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 D O oO O 9 Drive ready O Q O O 10 User defined Low voltage Detection 8 O OQ O 11 Malfunction indication O O O Oo 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 O O Q 13 Overheat oO O O 14 Software brake signal indication oO Oo oO 15 PID feedback error O Q O 16 Slip error oSL O O 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 O O Q 18 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 Oo O O 19 Baseblock B B Indication O Q Q Revision De
256. ntinuous forward reverse running EE A Low speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Contro epg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz EE A High speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Control yepg FOCPG TOCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz EE A Zero speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Control yepg FOCPG TACPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz Ea After estimating inertia and set Pr 11 00 to bit 071 auto tuning user can adjust parameters Pr 11 02 11 03 and 11 11 separately by speed response The larger number you set the faster response you will get Pr 10 08 is the switch frequency for low speed high speed bandwidth ELS A PDFF Gain Value Unit 1 Control Focpg Factory Setting 30 mode Settings 0 to 200 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 181 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 gq After finishing estimating and set Pr 11 00 to bit 021 auto tuning using Pr 11 04 to reduce overshoot Please adjust PDFF gain value by actual situation LH This parameter will be invalid when Pr 05 12 is set to 1 frequency H PDFF Time 11 05 Gain Value of Flux Weakening Curve for Motor 1 Unit 1 Control EOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 90 mode Settings 0 to 200 EJ A Gain Value of Flux Weakening Curve for Motor 2 Unit 1 Contro FocpG TOCPG Factory Setting 90 mode Settings 0 to 200 gq Pr 11 05 is used t
257. ntrol Mode 9 VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 Disable 1 Tension closed loop speed mode Q O Oo O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O O O O 3 Reserved 4 Tension open loop torque mode E Tension closed loop speed mode Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 139 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 Bal The calculation of the master frequency of the tension control Master frequency Hz V_A TD B V line speed m min D Reel diameter m A Mechanical gear ratio B tension command 0R a3 PID output frequency 08 28 Limit 08 35 70 1 x gt rad QE KS frequency Pl F4 command 1 08 29 amp 08 30 08 35 1 1 E tension 08 32 amp 08 33 feedback 08 27 20 08 23 amp 08 24 p gt mechanical earrato p master frequency line speed 5 pitch roller A3 B Motor E gt Gear ratio A B Motor tension feedback Al line speed input AFM or DFM P put Alor PG2 operation command operation MO d1 FWD command FE wp tension command Al communication frequency digital keypad i source ofreel diameter setting gt A A 08 42 Drive 1 Drive2 aa Line speed closed loop speed mode 4 140 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 ht
258. o 254 A communication address equal to 0 means broadcast to all AC drives AMD In this case the AMD will not reply any message to the master device OOH broadcast to all AC drives 01H AC drive of address 01 OFH AC drive of address 15 10H AC drive of address 16 FEH AC drive of address 254 For example communication to AMD with address 16 decimal 10H ASCII mode Address 1 0 gt 1 31H 0 230H RTU mode Address 10H 3 3 Function Function code and DATA data characters The format of data characters depends on the function code 03H read data from register 06H write single register 08H loop detection 10H write multiple registers The available function codes and examples for VFD VE are described as follows 1 O3H multi read read data from registers Example reading continuous 2 data from register address 2102H AMD address is 01H ASCII mode Command message Response message STX js STX n Address Address T T Function y Function 3 2 Number of data 0 Starting data d Count by byte uy address 0 UN is E Content of starting E T address T 2102H Number of data 0 0 count by word 0 Content of address 0 2 2103H 0 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 161 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapte
259. o adjust the output voltage of flux weakening curve En For the spindle application the adjustment method is 1 It is used to adjust the output voltage when exceeding rated frequency 2 Monitor the output voltage 3 Adjust Pr 11 05 motor 1 or Pr 11 06 motor 2 setting to make the output voltage reach motor rated voltage 4 The larger number it is set the larger output voltage you will get output torque Flux weakening curve 11 05 or 11 06 100 4 90 gt 01 01 frequency or 01 35 4 182 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 27 3 Detection Time for Phase loss Unit 0 01 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 20 Settings 0 01 to 600 00 sec ET Level of Phase loss Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 0 0 to 320 0 11 29 Accumulative Operation Time of Phase loss Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 hour Ea When the power phase loss occurs and it exceeds the level Pr 11 09 and the detection time Pr 11 07 it will execute the phase loss protection Pr 06 02 The AC motor drive will record the operation time during phase loss in Pr 11 29 Ea If itis set to O or a larger number it will short the life of rectifier and capacitors in the AC motor drive 11 08 Res
260. o reduced lubrication when operating gear reduction motors gearboxes belts and chains etc over longer periods at low speeds At high speeds of 50 60Hz and above lifetime reducing noises and vibrations may occur Motor torque C 6 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 17 37 3d The torque characteristics of a motor operated by an AC motor drive and commercial mains power are different Below you ll find the torque speed characteristics of a standard motor 4 pole 15kW AC motor drive Motor 180 180 60 seconds 155 60 seconds S 149 continuous continuous 2s 3 100 a E 80 g 55r 2 38 0320 60 120 0320 60 120 Frequency Hz Frequency Hz Base freq 60Hz Base freq 60Hz V F for 220V 60Hz V F for 220V 60Hz 180 140 tte 60 seconds 150 60 seconds b continuous continuous 3s 100 S ww 85 vd 100 zi 68 2 80 9 45 S ASMAA INE 0320 50 120 0320 50 120 Frequency Hz Frequency Hz Base freq 50Hz Base freq 50Hz V F for 220V 50Hz V F for 220V 50Hz Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 C 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 htt
261. occasion that uses double base motor 1st Output Voltage Setting 1 1st Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Contro VF vEpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 220 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 440 0 Ea These are for the base frequency and motor rated frequency Ea This value should be set according to the rated voltage of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate If the motor is 220V the setting should be 220 0 If the motor is 200V it should be set to 200 0 Ea There are many motor types in the market and the power system for each country is also difference The economic and convenience method to solve this problem is to install the AC motor drive There is no problem to use with the different voltage and frequency and also can amplify the original characteristic and life of the motor Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 61 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 7 137 2nd Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 dm VF VFPG Factory setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 04 A 2nd Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF vFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 37 2nd Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 conyo VF VFPG Factory setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 38 A 2nd Output Voltag
262. odel Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Deceleration Time too short Increase the Deceleration Time AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power model Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Sudden increase in motor loading Check for possible motor stall AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power model Return to the factory 6 1 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 77 37 4 Fault Name Fault Descriptions occ ou oud oun 6 2 Short circuit is detected between upper bridge and lower bridge of the IGBT module DC BUS over voltage during acceleration 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V DC BUS over voltage during deceleration 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V DC BUS over voltage in constant speed 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V Hardware failure in voltage detection DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 during acceleration DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 during deceleration DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 in constant speed DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 at stop CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Corrective Actions When one of the output terminal s is grounded short circuit current is more th
263. ol VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Continue operation at the last frequency 2 Decelerate to stop 3 Stop immediately and display E F Ea This parameter determines the behavior when ACI is lost UKKA v Analog Output 1 Unit 1 A Analog Output 2 need to be used with EMV APP01 Unit 1 kiya v Analog Output 3 need to be used with EMV APP01 Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0to 19 Settings Functions Descriptions 0 Output frequency Hz Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 100 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 97 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 Settings Functions Descriptions 1 Frequency command Hz Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 10096 4 98 2 Motor speed Hz 600Hz is regarded as 10096 3 Output current rms 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 4 Output voltage 2 X rated voltage is regarded as 100 5 DC Bus Voltage 450V 900V 100 6 Power factor 1 000 1 000 100 7 Power Rated power is regarded as 100 8 Output torque Full load torque is regarded as 100 9 AVI 0 10V 0 100 10 JACI 0 20mA 0 100 11 AUI 10 10V 0 100 12 q axis current 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 13 q axis feedback value 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100
264. om Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 05 29 A Hunting Gain Unit 1 Control VE VFPG svc Factory setting 2000 mode Settings 0 to 10000 0 disable Ea The motor will have current wave motion in some specific area It can improve this situation by setting this parameter When it is high frequency or run with PG Pr 05 29 can be set to 0 when the current wave motion happens in the low frequency please increase Pr 05 29 0531 Accumulative Motor Operation Time Min Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 00 to1439 Accumulative Motor Operation Time Day Unit 1 Factory setting 00 Control yp VFPG SVC FocPG TQCPG mode Settings 00 to 65535 Ea Pr 05 31 and Pr 05 32 are used to record the motor operation time They can be cleared by setting to 00 and time won t be recorded when it is less than 60 seconds 4 109 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Group 6 Protection Parameters 06 00 M Low Voltage Level Unit 0 1 Control vr VFPG SVC FocPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 160 0 220 0Vdc Factory Setting 180 0 460V series 320 0 440 0Vdc Factory Setting 360 0 qo It is used to set the Lv level input voltage 30V 60V Pr 06 00 06 01 X Over Voltage Stall Prevention Unit 0 1 Conto yr yFpG SVC
265. omatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters 02 00 X 2 wire 3 wire Operation Control Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 FWD STOP REV STOP 1 FWD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout 2 RUN STOP REV FWD 3 RUN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 4 3 wire momentary push button 5 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout Ea Three of the six methods include a Line Start Lockout feature When line start lockout is enabled the drive will not run once applying the power The Line Start Lockout feature doesn t guarantee the motor will never start under this condition It is possible the motor may be set in motion by a malfunctioning switch 02 00 Control Circuits of the External Terminal 0 1 2 wire operation control 1 FWD STOP B E CLOSE FWD FWD STOP REV STOP a REV OPEN STOP CLOSE REV REV STOP pcm VFD VE 2 3 P 2 wire operation control 2 RUN STOP 96 V CLOSE RUN 50 REV OPEN FWD RUN STOP FWD REV OLOR REV REV FWD 4 5 3 wire operation control RR CEOS RUM MI1 OPEN STOP DCM 0201 Multi Function Input Command 1 MI1 Factory Setting 1 EN Multi Function Input Command 2 MI2 Factory Setting 2 02 03 Multi Function Input Command 3 MI3 Factory Setting 3 REV FWD OPEN FWD CLOSE REV Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 0
266. on Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 A Reverse Motor Torque Limit A Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit http www automatedpt com ZZ Unit 1 Unit 1 Chapter 4 Parameters Control Egcopg TQCPG Factory Setting 200 mode Settings 0 to 500 n The motor rated torque is 10096 The settings for Pr 07 32 to Pr 07 35 will compare with Pr 03 00 7 8 9 10 The minimum of the comparison result will be torque limit as shown in the following figure jan According to the formula of motor rated torque T N M P o where P is Pr 05 W rad s 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM 1j 60x 27 Positive torque Reverse refenerative mode 06 12 current limit Pr 07 35 Reverse regenerative torque limit Pr 07 32 Forward motor torque limit Pr 07 33 Forward regenerative torque limit Pr 07 34 Reverse motor torque limit 06 12 current limit Reverse motor mode Negative torque Forward motor mode 06 12 current limit The level of torque limit will be the min value of following three values 1 torque limit of Pr 07 32 to Pr 07 35 2 Torque limit of external analog terminals AVI ACI and AUI 3 Pr 06 12 currentlimit fre quency command 06 12 current limit Forward regenerative mode 07 36 Emergency Stop EF amp Forced Stop Selection Control mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Settings Coast stop By deceleration Time 1
267. on Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 123 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 gq If the duration of a power loss is less than this parameter setting the AC motor drive will resume operation If it exceeds the Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time the AC motor drive output is then turned off coast stop En The selected operation after power loss in Pr 07 06 is only executed when the maximum allowable power loss time is 5 seconds and the AC motor drive displays Lu But if the AC motor drive is powered off due to overload even if the maximum allowable power loss time is 5 seconds the operation mode as set in Pr 07 06 is not executed In that case it starts up normally TEU MI Baseblock Time for Speed Search BB Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 5 Settings 0 1 to 5 0 sec gq When momentary power loss is detected the AC drive will block its output and then wait for a specified period of time determined by Pr 07 08 called Base Block Time before resuming operation This parameter should be set at a value to ensure that any residual regeneration voltage from the motor on the output has disappeared before the drive is activated again Output frequency H f Outputvoltage V Input B B signal Q Stop output voltage Disable B B signal Waiting time Pr 07 08 Output current A G Speed search 0
268. on due Visual inspection O to overheat If the insulator of wiring is Visual inspection o damaged or color change If there is any damage Visual inspection O 6 9 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 77 37 W DC capacity of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there is any leak of liquid color change crack or Visual inspection O deformation Measure static capacity when Static capacity gt initial value X 0 85 o required W Resistor of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there is any peculiar smell or Visual inspection smell o insulator cracks due to overheat Visual inspection or measure with multimeter after removing wirin If there is any disconnection between 1 2 8 9 O Resistor value should be within 10 W Transformer and reactor of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there S any abnormal vibration Visual aural inspection and smell 9 or peculiar smell W Magnetic contactor and relay of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there are any loose screws Visu
269. on error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error HdO 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 4 42 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V2 actory CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb 63 Slip erro
270. or PcodE e 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 57 Communication error cE4 e e 56 Communication error cE3 e e e 58 Communication Time out cE10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 119 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 7 237 BitO Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL SYS FBK EXI CE 59 PU time out cP10 e 60 Brake transistor error bF e 61 Y connection A connection e Switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error o dEb 63 Slip error oSL o 64 Broken belt error DEb o 65 Error PID feedback signal of e tension tdEv 0629 A PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Detection Selection Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop E It is used to set the treatment after detecting PTC 06 30 PTC Level Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 100 0 Ea It is used to set the PTC level and the corresponding value for 100 is max analog input value 06 31 X Filter Time for PTC Detection Unit 0 01 central VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 20 Settings 0 00 to 10 00 sec Er Outpu
271. ore and exceeds 6 times the inverter capacity or the mains wiring distance lt 10m When power capacity is too large line impedance will be small and the charge current will be too large That may damage AC motor drive due to higher rectifier temperature Correct wiring large capacity power reactor as ON CY Y NA B 14 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 small capacity AC motor drive Cow motor N Sa Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 B 5 Zero Phase Reactor RF220X00A Dimensions are in millimeter and inch Recommended Wire Cable Size Wirin Note 2 Nomina AWG mm mm lt 10 lt 5 3 lt 55 1 ui ad Single cote Diagram lt 2 lt 33 6 lt 38 4 lt 12 lt 3 3 85 1 mum Three core lt 1 lt 424 lt 50 4 i a Note 600V Insulated unshielded Cable Diagram A Please wind each wire 4 times around the core The reactor must be put at inverter output as close as possible Zero Phase Reactor RILI UTI SA2 VIT2 TA3 WIT3 Power Supply Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 77 37 3 Diagram B Please put all wires through 4 cores in series without winding Zero Phase Reactor Power Supply Note 1 The table above gives approximate wire size for the zero phas
272. ormal display or no display i s Turn the power off and power on again after display is off Fix connector and eliminate noise he Display normal No o Checkifall connectors are connected well and if there is no noise Yes m v AC motor drive works normally AC motor drive has malfunction Please contact DELTA 5 8 Phase Loss PHL Phase loss v Check if the wiring of terminals R Sand Tis OK gt Connectall three phase well Yes y No i Check if the screws of terminals are tightened gt gt Tighten all screws Yes Y A es Please check the wiring Check if the input voltage of R S Tis unbalanced and power system for No abnormal power Y e es Please check the fuse Check if itis 40hp and above atAC side No v Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA 5 5 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 1 737 3 5 9 Motor cannot Run Check if non fuse breaker and magnetic contactor are ON Check if CEO1 No Setthem to ON displays normall Yes Motor cannot run gt Yes Check if any faults Check if th
273. p Awww automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 7 37 This page intentionally left blank C 8 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com
274. pin status of digital input User can set to 16 to monitor digital input status and then set to 19 to check if the wire is normal 4 Assume that MRA Pr 02 11 is set to 9 Drive ready After applying the power to the AC motor drive if there is no other abnormal status the contact will be ON The display status will be shown as follows Terminal Reserved Reserved Reserved MO2 MO1 RA MRA Status 0o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 At the meanwhile if Pr 00 04 is set to 17 or 20 it will display 0001 with LED U is ON on the keypad The setting 17 is the status of digital output by Pr 02 15 setting and the setting 20 is the corresponding CPU pin status of digital output User can set 17 to monitor the digital output status and then set to 20 to check if the wire is normal 5 When Pr 00 04 is set to 24 user can get the difference between the pulse command and actual motor position to adjust Pr 11 18 by this display 00 05 X User Defined Coefficient K Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings Digit 4 decimal point number 0 to 3 Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 Itis used digital setting method Digital 4 decimal point number 0 no decimal point 1 1 decimal point and so on Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 the corresponding value for the max frequency corresponding value decimal point number For example if use uses rpm to display the moto
275. pt as data in outportb PORT LCR inportb PORT LCR 0x80 the BRDL BRDH can be access as LCR b7 1 outportb PORT BRDL 12 set baudrate 9600 12 115200 9600 outportb PORT BRDH 0x00 outportb PORT LCR 0x06 set protocol lt 7 N 2 gt 06H lt 7 E 1 gt 1AH lt 7 0 1 gt 0AH lt 8 N 2 gt 07H lt 8 E 1 gt 1BH lt 8 0 1 gt 0BH for i 0 i lt 16 i while inportb PORT LSR amp 0x20 wait until THR empty outportb PORT THR tdat i send data to THR i 0 while kbhit if inportb PORT LSR amp 0x01 bO 1 read data ready rdat i inportb PORT RDR read data form RDR 09 05 COM2 Transmission Speed Keypad Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 9 6 Settings 4 8 to 115 2kbps an This parameter is used to set the transmission speed between the RS485 master PLC PC etc and AC motor drive MERINE COM2 Transmission Fault Treatment Keypad Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 3 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 No warning and keep operating aa This parameter is set to how to react if transmission errors occur 4 168 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 COM2 Time out Detection Keypad Unit 0 1 Con
276. r oSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv Output Frequency for 0 00 655 35 Hz Read 06 32 Malfunction only Output Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O O O O 06 33 Malfunction only DC Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O o O O 06 34 Malfunction only Output Current for 0 00 655 35 Amp Read O O O O 06 35 Malfunction only IGBT Temperature for 0 0 6553 5 C Read O O O O O 06 36 Malfunction only Group 7 Special Parameters s Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Proportional Gain for 1 500 50 O O M005 DC Brake MOTI Fan Control 0 Fan always ON 0 2 O Q 8 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF 07 27 Source of Torque 0 Disable 0 O 9 O Offset 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 2 Torque offset setting 3 Control by external terminal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 07 36 Emergency Stop EF 0 Coast stop 0 C O Oo Q O amp Forced Stop 1 By deceleration Time 1 Selection 2 By deceleration Time 2 3 By deceleration Time 3 4 By deceleration Time 4 5 System Deceleration 6 Automatic Deceleration Group 8 High function PID Parameters 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00
277. r 4 Parameters 7 37 3 En When Pr 00 10 is set to 4 TQCPG control diagram is shown as follows no offset by analog input Pr 03 00 m torque offset setting Pr 07 28 m controlled by external terminals Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 torque t q Y command t gt gt Dat 06 12 07 23 07 24 or 00 20 sib E L Speedlimit Q gt ASR gt 7 7 rspesdtorque 7 torque limit 40 09 mode switch Pr 11 00 Bit 0 0 07 32 07 35 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 Pr 11 00Bit0 1 torque command 11 02 11 04 11 10 11 11 Iq y command 7 gt gt x M Encoder Current IGBT 10 00 KEH control amp 01 01 10 01 ux weakening curve PWM 041 02 command 05 01 05 09 um actual frequency measure Current feedbac Control Diagram for the Torque Encoder EN Curve Selection Control VF VFPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 V f curve determined by group 01 1 1 5 power curve 2 Square curve Ea When it is set to 0 the V f curve setting for the motor 1 is according to Pr 01 01 Pr 01 08 and Pr 01 35 01 42 are for the motor 2 Ea When setting to 1 or 2 the settings of the 2 voltage frequency and the 3 voltage frequency are invalid 01 02 voltage 6 100 90 80 70 1 5 Power curve 60 50 40 30 Y 20 Square curve 10 0 20 40 60 80 01 01 F
278. r 4 Parameters VZAT Command message Response message D 0 LRC Check T T CR T END LF LRC Check 4 CR END LF RTU mode Command message Response message Address 01H Address 01H Function 03H Function 03H Starting data 21H Number of data 04H address 02H count by byte Number of data 00H Content of address 17H count by word 02H 2102H 70H CRC CHK Low 6FH Content of address 00H CRC CHK High F7H 2103H 00H CRC CHK Low FEH CRC CHK High 5CH 2 06H single write write single data to register Example writing data 6000 1770H to register 0100H AMD address is 01H ASCII mode Command message Response message STX a STX 0 0 Address Ww Address Ww 0 A 0 Function 6 Function 6 oO oO Data address v Data address v 0 oO v T 7 7 Data content T Data content T 0 T T T LRC Check Ww LRC Check Ww CR CR END LF END LE RTU mode Command message Response message Address 01H Address 01H Function 06H Function 06H 01H 01H Data address 00H Data address 00H 17H 17H Data content 70H Data content 70H CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK High 22H CRC CHK High 22H 4 162 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05
279. r speed and the corresponding value to the 4 pole motor 60Hz is 1800 This parameter can be set to 01800 to indicate that the corresponding value for 60Hz is 1800rpm If the unit is rps it can be set 10300 to indicate the corresponding value for 60Hz is 30 0 a decimal point Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 51 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 4 Parameters 77 3 Al JE Software Version http www automatedpt com ront VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Read Only Settings Read Only Display THE ETE Password Input Unit 1 Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 Display 00 02 times of wrong password an The function of this parameter is to input the password that is set in Pr 00 08 Input the correct password here to enable changing parameters You are limited to a maximum of 3 attempts After 3 consecutive failed attempts a blinking PcodE will show up to force the user to restart the AC motor drive in order to try again to input the correct password Ea When forgetting password you can decode by setting 9999 and press button and repeat it again setting 9999 and press button 44 again Please note that all the settings will be set to factory setting MEIE Password Set Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 mode Settings 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 Displ
280. rameters d Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting Wr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF 1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP 10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb 63 Slip error OSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv 06 32 Output Frequency for Malfunction 0 00 655 35 Hz 06 33 Output AC Voltage for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 V 06 34 DC Voltage for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 V 06 35 Current Value for Malfunction 0 00 655 35 Amp 06 36 IGBT Temperature for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 C Group 8 High function PID Parameters New parameters 08 21 08 99 Pr Explanation Settings Factory
281. ration Terminals 1 2 for connecting DC reacto DC reactor Jumper 1 2 B1 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 2 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 73 al W To improve power factor and reduce harmonics connect a DC reactor between terminals 1 2 Please remove the jumper before connecting the DC reactor E AKF Models of 15kW and above have a built in DC reactor Terminals 2 B1 B2 for connecting brake resistor and terminals 1 2 B1 for connecting external brake unit Brake resistor optional 4 BR 4 Brake unit optional gg Rela ae Refer to Appendix B forthe use of yeseel Bi ee special braking resis tor unit 2 B1 B2 2 B1 W Connect a brake resistor or brake unit in applications with frequent deceleration ramps short deceleration time too low brake torque or requiring increased brake torque W Ifthe AC motor drive has a built in brake chopper all models of 11kW and below connect the external brake resistor to the terminals 2 B1 B2 W Models of 15kW and above don t have a built in brake chopper Please connect an external optional brake unit VFDB series and brake resistor Refer to VFDB series user manual for details W Connect the terminals P N of the brake unit to the AC motor drive terminals 2 2 B1 The length of wiring should be
282. requency o Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 55 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 3 3 Constant Variable Torque Selection FEM VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Constant Torque 15096 1 Variable Torque 12096 E When 1 is selected the oL level is 120 of rated drive current All other overload ratings will not change example 150 of rated drive current for 60 seconds Lg X Optimal Acceleration Deceleration Setting pone VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Linear accel decel 1 Auto accel linear decel 2 Linear accel auto decel 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 It can decrease the drive s vibration during load starts and stops by setting this parameter Also it will speed up to the setting frequency with the fastest and smoothest start up current when it detects small torque At deceleration it will auto stop the drive with the fastest and the smoothest deceleration time when the regenerated voltage of the load is detected Frequency 01 00 Max Frequency Q When Pr 00 13 is set to 0 When Pr 00 13 is set to 3 Min Frequency 01 05 Time a o o 3 o v i I accel time gt kG DEW EEA CEH CEA 01 19 Accel Decel Time EZT
283. ring constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd Record 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 0 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT heat sink over heat oH1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault 17 Heat sink over heat 0H2 for 40HP above 0 Record 18 TH1 open loop error tH10 19 TH2 open loop error tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL 150 1Min 22 Motor 1 over load EoL1 23 Motor 2 over load EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat oH3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detection error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error Hd0 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 33 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Pa
284. river TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V M MN Bo E OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V Q Complementary VCC TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V i lt OF OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 25 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories B 8 3 EMV PG01L HTT PG OUT pulse output AB2 PG2 signal mode switch ABZ1 PG1 signal mode switch PG1 PG2 pulse feedback pulse input 1 Terminals descriptions Terminal Descriptions Symbols VP Power source of EMV PGO1L Output Voltage 5V 5 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common A1 AT B1 BT Input signal Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be 1 phase or 2 Z1 ZT phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A2 Input signal Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 phase or 2 B2 B2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec AIO BIO Z O Output signal It has division frequency function Pr 10 16 Line driver max output DC5V 50mA Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference Do not run control wires parallel to any high voltage AC power line 200 V and above B 26 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories 7 37 b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 3 Wire length wire length and signal
285. rnal fault input EF OQ 50 Emergency stop EF1 O O 51 External Base Block B B O O 52 Password error PcodE O O 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 O E QO 55 Communication error cE2 O a O 56 Communication error cE3 O C O 57 Communication error cE4 O O 58 Communication Time out cE10 O C O 59 PU time out cP10 O O 60 Brake transistor error bF O s O 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc O C 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb O O O 63 Slip error oSL O O 64 Broken belt error bEb O O 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv O O Q m operation or it will warn without record 4 116 Ca It will record when the fault occurs and force stopping For the Lv it will record when it is Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Ea Setting 62 when DEB function is enabled the drive will execute DEB and record to the Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 simultaneously M Fault Output Option 1 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 2 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 3 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 4 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 sec refer to bit table for fault code Ea These parameters can be used with multi function output set Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 to 35 38 for the specific requirement When the f
286. rs ZZ CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 2 3 Version 2 05 New or update parameter groups are Group 0 System Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 7 Special Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 9 Communication Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters http www automatedpt com Version 2 05 Group 0 System Parameters Pr Explanation Settings EDU VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 Display output current A 0 QUI OX ey O O 1 Display counter value C 2 Display output frequency H 3 Display DC BUS voltage 4 Display output voltage E 5 Output power factor angle n 6 Display output power kW T Display actual motor speed r 8 Display estimate output torque in N m t 9 Display PG position G 10 Display PID feedback in b 11 Display AVI in 96 1 12 Display ACI in 2 13 Display AUI in 96 3 14 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t z 15 Display the temperature of IGBT in C T X 00 04 Content of Multi Function 16 The status of digital input ON OFF i Display 17 The status of digital output ON OFF o 18 Multi step speed S 19 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i 20 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output 0 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card 2 22 Pulse input
287. ry setting Settings 0 to factory setting of Pr 05 01 LH The factory setting is 40 X rated current Ix EMI Stator Resistance Rs of Motor 2 Unit 0 001 GRAE Rotor Resistance Rr of Motor 2 Unit 0 001 Control vc FOCPG TQcPG Factory setting 4 mode Settings 0 65 5350 Magnetizing Inductance Lm of Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Stator Inductance Lx of Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Control vc Focpc TQOCPG Factory setting mode Settings 0 6553 5mH 05 22 MW Torque Compensation Time Constant Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG svc Factory setting 0 020 mode Settings 0 001 to 10 000 sec 0523 Slip Compensation Time Constant Unit 0 001 Control yepg svc Factory setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 001 to 10 000 sec Ea Setting Pr 05 22 and Pr 05 23 change the response time for the compensation Ea When Pr 05 22 and Pr 05 23 are set to 10 00 seconds its response time for the compensation will be the longest But if the settings are too short unstable system may occur EZ A Torque Compensation Gain Unit 1 Control VF VFPG Factory setting 0 mode Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 107 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 27 Settings 0 to10 This parameter may be set so that the AC motor drive will increase its voltage output to obtain a higher torque Only to be used for SVC control mode aa Too high torque
288. s 0 Positive output 1 Negative output gq Please select the applicable method by the different requirements from the following table Tension feedback 0 100 0 100 loose tight tight loose Rewind positive output negative output Unwind negative output Positive output 08 36 Tension Line Speed PID Output Limit Unit 0 01 Gente VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 20 00 Settings 0 to 100 00 gq Output limit range Pr 08 36 Pr 01 00 08 37 Source of Line Speed Input Command Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed 2 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 3 Pulse input Pr 08 40 4 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 Ea When it is set to 1 3 or 4 the current line speed will be saved into Pr 08 41 via analog and pulse command When it is set to 2 it can change the setting of Pr 08 41 current line speed via communication B D When it is set to 3 or 4 pulse signal needs to be connected to PG2 of the PG card and then set the PG type by Pr 10 15 Ea When it is set to 3 it needs to use with Pr 08 40 E When it is set to 4 Pr 02 18 setting needs to be set to the DFM output value of previous driver as shown in the following before setting Pr 08 38 4 146 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http w
289. s Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 43 Analog input resolution selection O 44 Enable initial reel diameter O O C D O 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 O O O O O 46 Reset initial reel diameter 2 OOTO Q O 47 Reset PID control integration of tension Oa no Q 48 Mechanical gear ratio switch O O O 49 Enable Drive OJoOJO Q O 50 Reserved 0 up down by the accel decel time 0 DOTO O 02 07 UP DOWN Key Mode 1 up down constant speed Pr 02 08 The 0 01 1 00Hz ms 001 lO O O O Acceleration Deceleration 02 08 Speed of the UP DOWN Key with Constant Speed Digital Input Response 0 001 30 000 sec 0 005 O O JO o 02 09 Time Digital Input Operation 0 65535 0 OJO O 702 10 _ Direction Multi function Output 1 0 No function 11 O 02 11 RA RB RC Relay1 1 Operation indication Oo Multi function Output 2 2 Operation speed attained 1 O 402 12 MRA MRC Relay2 3 Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 O Multi function Output 3 4 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 0 02 13 MO1 5 Zero speed frequency command 6 Zero speed with stop frequency command 7 Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 Q 8 Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 C Multi function Output 4 9 Drive ready 0 02 14 MO2 10 User defined Low voltage Detection 11 Malfunction indication e Multi function Output 5 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 C 02 35 MO3 13 Overheat 14 Software brake signal indication 02 36 Multi function Output 6 15 PID feedb
290. s for the analog output direction Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 99 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters EZINE w ist Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EMI w 2nd Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 iva w 3rd Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEIKMI w 4th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EMI w 5th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESIE w 6th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EIE w 7th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEA w 8th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESINE w 9th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 im v 10th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESNE w 11th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEM w 12th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESPA w 13th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 Ske w 14th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEM w 15th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 cone VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz Swe Multi position 1 Unit 1 AE Multi position 2 Unit 1 AFE Multi position 3 Unit 1 Ewe Multi position 4 Unit 1 AEE Multi position 5 Unit 1 S Multi position 6 Unit 1 OAE Multi position 7 Unit 1 P MI Multi position 8 Unit 1 Kal Multi position 9 Unit 1 WZ v Multi position 10 Unit 1 EU w Multi position 11 Unit 1 Sta Multi position 12 Unit 1 Byam Multi position 13 Unit 1 5 38 Multi position 14 Unit 1 OXE Multi position 15 Unit
291. s parameter determines the start up display page after power is applied to the drive 4 48 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 3 I M Content of Multi Function function Display Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Display the output current in A supplied to the motor GIA 1 Display the counter value which counts the number of aTa pulses on TRG terminal c c cu 2 Display actual output frequency H 3 Display the actual DC BUS voltage in VDC of the AC motor drive U 4 Display the output voltage in VAC of terminals U V W to the motor E 5 Display the power factor angle in of terminals U V W to the motor n uo 6 Display the output power in kW of terminals U V and W nnn to the motor P u UN TAISISIT Display the actual motor speed in rpm enabled when 7 using with PG card r00 positive speed 00 negative speed 8 Display the estimated value of torque in Nm as it relates to current t0 0 positive torque 0 0 negative torque 9 Display PG position refer to NOTE1 10 Display analog feedback signal value in 96 b Display the signal of AVI analog input terminal in 96 11 Range 0 10V corresponds to 0 100 1 refer to NOTE 2 Display the signal of ACI analog input terminal in 96 12 Range 4 20mA 0 10V corresponds to 0 100 2 refer to NOTE 2 Display the si
292. s simultaneously Setting 1 User can use PG card with Encoder to do close loop speed control Setting 2 To have optimal control characteristic by auto tuning Setting 3 To increase torque and control speed precisely 1 1000 Setting 4 To increase accuracy for torque control Ea When Pr 00 10 is set to 3 FOCPG control diagram is shown as follows 11 10 Speed Feed Forward Gain Ve Y 00 207 ASR gt gt A At 7 t limit 10 09 Pr 11 00 Bit 0 0 ie real lot 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 s noote Pr 11 00 Bit 0 1 e byanaloginput Pr 03 00 t TqBias e torque offset setting Pr 07 28 Minn d e controlled by external terminals Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 07 27 l a command gt Encoder Lp rl GBT M 10 00 current 10 01 Dent amp flux weakening curve T mana limit PWM 01 01 01 02 05 01 i i 05 09 current measure currentfeedback actualfrequency Control Diagramforthe Vector Torque Position control diagram gt d gt kd dt position 11 17 10 23 command A command B Electrical gear speed 10 17 x KP gt command 10 18 11 00 bit 0 0 position 11 18 feedback or 11 00 bit 0 1 11 11 4 54 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapte
293. s used to set the number of motor poles must be an even number W Check if the motor and load can be separated If yes please set by the following steps If not please jump to step 2 for static test of the motor auto tuning E f the above steps are normal please trial run in low speed and check if the motor runs steadily without abnormal noise and vibration If yes please stop running and check if the wiring is correct or contact the motor supplier W After ensure that the output current displayed on the digital keypad is within 20 50 of the motor rated current when trial run in low speed please go to step 2 If the output current is out of the range please check the motor wiring parameter settings or contact the motor supplier 3 3 2 2 Step 2 Motor tuning W Make sure that Pr 00 00 identity code of the AC motor drive corresponds to the nameplate of the AC motor drive W Check if the motor and load can be disconnected If yes set Pr 05 00 to 1 rolling test If not it needs to input value into Pr 05 05 and set Pr 05 00 to 2 static test W Motor auto tuning Pr 05 00 0 No function Motor Auto Tuning 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved W t will PEN mm on the digital keypad until the tuning is finished Then the motor will stop automatically and save the value into Pr 05 06 Pr 05 09 If it displays Laz please check if the wiring and parameters settings are correct Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 3
294. se teet gei quie reda 4 29 4 2 3 Versi n 2 05 cerea m n nre 4 38 4 3 Description of Parameter Settings seeseeeees 4 47 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting eene 5 1 5 1 Over Current OC ssssssssssssssssseee ener nennen tenen nnne 5 1 5 2 Gro nd Fault 5 OUR et tete Dadi ately ated 5 2 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com 5 3 Over Voltage OV J era eE E aaa Eare aa 5 2 54 Low Voltage Lv circ Ernest en 5 3 5 5 Over Heat oH1 oH2 oH3 sssssssssssssssseeeeeneens 5 4 5 6 Overload ette ce a eed de needs 5 4 5 7 Display of KPV CEO01 is Abnormal seem 5 5 5 8 Phase Loss PHL E E EEE E ETE 5 5 5 9 Motor c nnot RUN epe iH RU vr edes 5 6 5 10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed sese 5 7 5 11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration ese 5 8 5 12 The Motor does not Run as Expected sssssssssssssss 5 8 5 13 Electromagnetic Induction Noise esem 5 9 5 14 Environmental Condition se emm 5 9 5 15 Affecting Other Machines sse 5 10 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 6 1 6 1 Fault Code Information 6 1 6 1 1 Common Problems and Solutions 6 1 6 1 2 ROSCOE E 6 6 6 2 Maintenance and INSPeCtiOnS
295. sec X Over torque Detection Level OT2 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 150 Settings 10 to 250 100 drive s rated current 06 11 X Over torque Detection Time OT2 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 1 Settings 0 0 to 60 0 sec Ea Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 determine the operation mode of the drive after the over torque is detected via the following method if the output current exceeds the over torque detection level Pr 06 19 and also exceeds the Pr 06 08 Over Torque Detection Time the fault code OT1 OT2 is displayed If a Multi Functional Output Terminal is to over torque detection the output is on Please refer to Pr 02 11 02 14 for details current B5 br 06 07 Pr 06 10 Pr 06 08 06 11 06 12 FA Current Limit Unit 1 Control Focpg TOCPG Factory Setting 150 mode Settings 0 to 250 100 drive s rated current Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 113 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT AA It is used to set the current limit LS A Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 mode Settings 0 Operate with a Inverter Motor forced external cooling 1 Operate with a Standard Motor self cooled by fan 2 Disabled Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 2 Control VF V
296. ses in wiring e e Load type Load speed and torque characteristics Load characteristics Duty cycle modification e C 1 Capacity Formulas Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 C4 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 57 37 3 1 When one AC motor drive operates one motor The starting capacity should be less than 1 5x rated capacity of AC motor drive The starting capacity 2 ae n x x lt 1 5xthe capacity of AC _ motor drive kVA ty 973 x x cos o 2 When one AC motor drive operates more than one motor 2 1 The starting capacity should be less than the rated capacity of AC motor drive W Acceleration time lt 60 seconds The starting capacity kxN 1X COS W Acceleration time 260 seconds 14 7 amp 1 nr n ns ks 2 jJ Poi Xl 5xthe capacity of AC motor drive kVA The starting capacity kxN mp ns ks s j Pa Xthe capacity of AC motor drive kVA 127 s 1 Nr 2 2 The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive A W Acceleration time 60 seconds ny In 1 M ks 1 lt 1 5x the rated current of AC motor drive A W Acceleration time 260 seconds ny Inl ks 1 amp the rated current of AC motor drive A C 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automat
297. sink hardware failure tH20 oO O O Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 115 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V 37 Control Mode Settings VF vFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 20 Fan error signal output O O O O O 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current O Q O O O 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 O c O 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 O O O 24 Motor PTC overheat oH3 O oO O 25 Fuse error FuSE O 9 O 26 over torque 1 ot1 C Q O 27 over torque 1 ot2 O O O 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 O O 31 Memory read out error cF2 O C 32 Isum current detection error cd0 O O 33 U phase current detection error cd1 O Q 34 V phase current detection error cd2 O 35 W phase current detection error cd3 O O 36 Clamp current detection error HdO Q 37 Over current detection error Hd1 oO C 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 O 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 O C 40 Auto tuning error AuE O 41 PID feedback loss AFE O O O D 42 PG feedback error PGF1 Cc O O 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 s O O 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 C O 45 PG slip error PGF4 O O 46 PG ref input error PGr1 Q O 2 47 PG ref loss PGr2 O 48 Analog current input loss ACE oO 8 49 Exte
298. sion Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZ CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Pr Explanation Settings rim VF VFPG svc FOCPG TacPG 2 2 Disable Electronic Thermal 30 0 600 0 sec 60 0 O O 06 28 Characteristic for r j i Motor 2 w 06 29 PTC Positive 0 Warn and keep operation 0 C O O O Temperature 1 Warn and ramp to stop Coefficient Detection 2 Warn and coast to stop Selection 06 30 PTC Level 0 0 100 0 50 0 C O D w 06 31 Filter Time for PTC 0 00 10 00sec 0 20 C O OQ Detection Output Frequency for 0 00 655 35 Hz Read Oo e 06 32 Malfunction only Output Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O O O 06 33 Malfunction only DC Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O Oo O 06 34 Malfunction only Output Current for 0 00 655 35 Amp Read O O 06 35 Malfunction only IGBT Temperature for 0 0 6553 5 C Read e Oo 06 36 Malfunction only Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 15 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 Group 7 Special Parameters a Pr Explanation Settings EBEN VF VFPG svc FOCPG TacPG 407 00 Software Brake Level 230V 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 O O O O
299. t S L2 V T2 5 T L3 O T L3 wra i e E E E 6C Recommended Circuit I SAL i when power supply Y iis turned OFF bya MC RB RA fault output RC If the fault occurs the OFF ON l RB Multi function contact output 1 contact will be ON to turn MC relay off the power and protect the power system RC factory setting fault indication 24V ina FWD STOP Factory setting _ FWD MRA Multi function contact output 2 SINK Mode MG REV STOP REV relay tfe Multi step 1 MH MRC 48VDC 50mA Factor Tween o 0 T CULA TE Source i ulti step indicates itis running Please refer to setting m iti step 3 MI2 MO1 Multi function contact output 3 Figure 3for wiring pes 6 MI3 v photocoupler of SINK modeand Multi step 4 MIA IO pme n SOURCEmode Nofunetion MIS MO2 Multi function contact output 4 No function p photocoupler MI6 Tta Digital Signal Common DCM ai gt Multi function Don t apply the mains voltage directly 1 MCM Photocoupler Output to above terminals F i E DFM Digital Frequency Output ACI current voltage selection OM i A Soon tink 44 ACI Switch wersuppy wi OE S Make sure that power is OFF 2 V 20mA Xo ae bees i i 5 igital Signal Common n add prs s Master Frequency DCM OFN uU signal selection 1 Oto 10V 47ko y 0 20mA Em 0 10V ACI DFM Switch pM Uy 4 20mAI0 10V Make sure that power is OFF A AUI before changing the switch 10 10V setting E
300. t ime 4 The width of trigger signal output signal Preliminary Counter Value 02 13 18 Mage Pr 02 11 Pr 02 14 02 17 3 Terminal Counter Value 02 14 17 02 16 5 02 18 Digital Output Gain Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1 Settings 1 740 Ea It is used to set the signal for the digital output terminals DFM DCM and digital frequency output pulse X work period 50 Output pulse per second output frequency X Pr 02 18 02 19 X Desired Frequency Attained 1 Unit 0 01 Cartel VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 02 20 A The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 1 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 2 00 02 21 Desired Frequency Attained 2 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 E MW The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 2 Unit 0 01 Gane VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 2 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz gq Once output frequency reaches desired frequency and the corresponding multi function output terminal is set to 3 or 4 Pr 02 11 Pr 02 14 this multi function output terminal will be ON 4 90 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 H A Fcmdz60Hz 02 21 40Hz 02 22 2Hz 02 19 10Hz 02 20 2Hz 02 11 14 3
301. t 3 the Multi function Inputs MIA Multi function Input 4 ON the activation current is 6 5mA OFF leakage current tolerance is 10pA MI5 Multi function Input 5 MI6 Multi function Input 6 Digital Frequency Meter Pulse voltage output monitor signal Open Collector Output proportional to output frequency DFM DCM Max 48V Duty cycle 5096 50mA T ds i ae Ratio Pr 02 18 DFM Min load 4 7kQ Max current 50mA 100 Max voltage 48Vdc internal circuit Jumper DFM jumper factory setting is OC DCM Digital Signal Common Common for digital inputs and used for SINK mode RA Multi function Relay Output 1 N O a Resistive Load 5A N O 3A N C 240VAC RB ea Relay Output 1 5A N O J 3A N C 24VDC 2 Inductive Load 1 5A N O 0 5A N C 240VAC RC Multi function Relay Common 1 5A N O 0 5A N C 24VDC Multi function Relay Output 2 To output monitor signal including in operation MRA N O a frequency arrival overload and etc Refer to Pr 02 11 02 12 for programming MRC Multi function Relay Common 2 12 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring g ED VE Terminal 7 5 Factory Settings SINK Terminal Function Symbol ON Connect to DCM 10V Potentiometer Power Supply 10VDC 20mA variable resistor 3 5koh
302. t Command 7 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 e 02 24 Multi Function Input Command 8 34 Enable multi step position control 02 25 Multi Function Input Command 9 35 Enable position control 02 26 Multi Function Input Command 10 36 Enable position learning function valid at stop 02 27 Multi Function Input Command 11 37 Enable pulse position input O O command 02 28 Multi Function Input Command 12 38 Disable write EEPROM function O Q C 02 29 Multi Function Input Command 13 39 Torque command direction 02 30 Multi Function Input Command 14 40 Force stop O OIO 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection Multi function Output 1 RA RB 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 C Q 02 11 RC Relay1 Multi function Output 2 30 Output when frequency Pr 02 33 QI GO O 02 12 MRA MRC Relay2 02 13 Multi function Output 3 MO1 31 Y connection for the motor coil O 02 14 Multi function Output 4 MO2 32 connection for the motor coil O Multi function Output 5 MO3 33 Zero speed actual output O 02 35 frequency Multi function Output 6 MO4 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output D 02 36 frequency 02 37 Multi function Output 7 MO5 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 O 02 38 Multi function Output 8 MO6 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 O 02 39 Multi function Output 9 MO7 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 O 02 40 Multi function Output 10 MO8 38 Error
303. t Frequency for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 00 to 655 35 Hz 4 120 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 17 2 3 Output Voltage for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 V 06 34 DC Voltage for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 V 06 35 Output Current for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 00 655 35 Amp 06 36 IGBT Temperature for Malfunction panel VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 C Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 121 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Group 7 Special Parameters 07 00 A Software Brake Level Unit 0 1 Contro yr vEpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 350 0 450 0Vdc Factory Setting 380 0 460V series 700 0 900 0Vdc Factory Setting 760 0 J This parameter sets the DC bus voltage at which the brake chopper is activated 07 04 MW DC Brake Current Level Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 100 This parameter sets the level of DC Brake Current output to the
304. t com a a Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting FOCPG TQCPG 03 00 Analog Input 1 AVI 0 No function 1 Analog Input 2 ACI 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR control 0 03 01 mode w 03 02 Analog Input 3 AUI 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 3 Torque compensation command C Oo O C 4 PID target value refer to group 8 O O C 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 O O O 6 P T C thermistor input value OQ C O C T Positive torque limit C 8 Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit C 10 Positive negative torque limit 11 PID feedback signal of tension O 12 Line speed O 13 Reel diameter O 14 PID target value of tension tension closed loop O 15 Tension setting tension open loop O 16 Zero speed tension O 17 Tension taper O Analog Input Bias 1 a 0 oO O O A 03 03 AVI 100 0 100 0 Analog Input Bias 2 m 0 Q O O O O 03 04 ACI 100 0 100 0 Analog Input Bias 3 Se 0 8 03 05 AUI 100 0 100 0 Positive negative Bias 0 Zero bias 0 oO 703 08 Mode AVI 1 Lower than bias bias 03 07 Positive negative Bias 2 Greater than bias bias 0 O O OQ O O Mode ACI 3 The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving w03 08 Positive negative Bias as the center 0 O O O O O
305. t com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J ET Parameter Reset Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 No Function 1 Read Only 2 Enable Group 11 Parameters Setting 8 Keypad Lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V o All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V gq When it is set to 1 all parameters are read only except Pr 00 00 00 07 and it can be used with password setting for password protection En This parameter allows the user to reset all parameters to the factory settings except the fault records Pr 06 17 Pr 06 22 50Hz Pr 01 01 is set to 50Hz and Pr 01 02 is set to 230V or 400V 60Hz Pr 01 01 is set to 60Hz and Pr 01 02 is set to 230Vor 460V M When Pr 00 02 08 the KPV CE01 keypad is locked and only Pr 00 02 can be set To unlock the keypad set Pr 00 02 00 M When Pr 00 02 is set to 1 or 8 Pr 00 02 setting should be set to 0 before setting to other setting M After setting Pr 00 02 to 2 it can display group 11 to re connect the keypad after disconnection or re power on after the power off ET X Start up Display Selection Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Display the frequency command value LED F 1 Display the actual output frequency LED H 2 Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U 3 Display the output current A aa Thi
306. t rated power of the motor 1 The factory setting is the power of the drive 05 03 Rated Speed of Motor 1 rpm Unit 1 Control vepg SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1710 60Hz 4 poles mode 1410 50Hz 4 poles Settings 0 to 65535 Ea It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and need to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate ET Number of Motor Poles 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 2 to 20 Ea It is used to set the number of motor poles must be an even number Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 103 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 No load Current of Motor 1 A Unit Amp Control vrFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 13H Settings 0 to factory setting of Pr 05 01 LE The factory setting is 4096 X rated current ILE Stator Resistance Rs of Motor 1 Unit 0 001 REIES Rotor Resistance Rr of Motor 1 Unit 0 001 cae SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 0 65 5350 XUI Magnetizing Inductance Lm of Motor 1 Unit 0 1 EXILE Stator inductance Lx of Motor 1 Unit 0 1 Control suc rocPG TQCPG Factory setting mode Settings 0 6553 5mH 05 10 Motor 1 Motor 2 Selection Control yr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1 mode Settings 1 Motor 1 2 Motor 2 Ea It is used to set the motor that driven by the AC mo
307. tained O OQ O O O 46 Broken belt detection OQ C O oO Q 47 Break release at stop O G O O Q 48 Error PID feedback of tension O Q O O oO 49 Reserved 50 Reserved Settings Functions Descriptions 0 No Function 1 Operation Indication Active when the drive is not at STOP 2 Master Frequency Active when the AC motor drive reaches the output frequency Attained setting 3 Desired Frequency Active when the desired frequency Pr 02 19 is attained Attained 1 Pr 02 19 4 Desired Frequency Active when the desired frequency Pr 02 21 is attained Attained 2 Pr 02 21 5 Zero Speed frequency Active when frequency command 0 the drive should be at command RUN mode 6 Zero Speed with Stop Active when frequency command 0 or stop frequency command 4 84 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters VZV CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Settings Functions Descriptions Active when detecting over torque Refer to Pr 06 06 over 7 Over Torque OT1 torque detection selection OT1 Pr 06 07 over torque Pr 06 06 06 08 detection level OT 1 and Pr 06 08 over torque detection time OT1 Over Torque OT2 Active when detecting over torque Refer to Pr 06 09 over torque detection selection OT2 Pr 06 10 over torque 8 Pr 06 09 06 11 detection level OT2 and Pr 06 11 over torque
308. tection 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O 7 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 CY Q O 06 03 f n Prevention during Acceleration Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O O 06 04 f a Prevention during Operation 06 05 Accel Decel Time 0 by current accel decel time 0 O O O Selection of Stall 1 by the 1st accel decel time Prevention at constant 2 by the 2nd accel decel time speed 3 by the 3rd accel decel time 4 by the 4th accel decel time 5 by auto accel decel time 06 06 Over torque Detection 0 disable 0 Q QG Selection OT1 1 over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 over torque detection during constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 over torque detection during operation stop operation after detection x 06 07 Over torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O O O O Level OT1 Over torque Detection 0 0 60 0 sec 0 1 C O O 406 08 Time OT1 06 09 Over torque Detection 0 disable 0 O O O Selection OT2 1 over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 over torque detection during constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 o
309. than Pr 02 43 44 Max Reel Diameter Active when the reel diameter is equal to Pr 08 43 in the Attained tension control mode 45 Empty Reel Diameter Active when the reel diameter is equal to Pr 08 44 in the Attained tension control mode In the tension control mode the broken belt occurs when 1 46 Broken Belt Detection line speed is higher than Pr 08 61 2 the error of reel diameter exceeds Pr 08 61 3 detection time exceeds Pr 08 62 When drive stops the corresponding multi function terminal will be ON if the frequency is less than Pr 02 33 After it is ON it will be OFF when brake delay time exceeds Pr 02 31 Frequency command Frequency command 02 33 47 Break Release at Stop RUN RUN Multi function output MO 47 gt 02 31 4 In the tension control mode when the error between PID target Error PID Feedback of value and PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 and allowance error 48 Tension detection time of tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 64 please refer to Pr 08 64 for error treatment of tension PID feedback 49 Reserved 50 Reserved Example of crane function Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 4 87 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 Bal Output Frequency p Freq command lt 02 33 Freq command gt 02 31 oroutput current 02 32 amp output current 202 32 multi function output MO 42 Active when Fcom gt 02
310. the front cover see chapter 1 2 3 for details check if the power and control terminals are clear Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring W General Wiring Information Applicable Codes All VFD VE series are Underwriters Laboratories Inc UL and Canadian Underwriters Laboratories cUL listed and therefore comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code NEC and the Canadian Electrical Code CEC Installation intended to meet the UL and cUL requirements must follow the instructions provided in Wiring Notes as a minimum standard Follow all local codes that exceed UL and cUL requirements Refer to the technical data label affixed to the AC motor drive and the motor nameplate for electrical data The Line Fuse Specification in Appendix B lists the recommended fuse part number for each VFD VE Series part number These fuses or equivalent must be used on all installations where compliance with U L standards is a required ANa 1 Make sure that power is only applied to the R L1 S L2 T L3 terminals Failure to comply may result in damage to the equipment The voltage and current should lie within the range as indicated on the nameplate Check following items after finishing the wiring A Are all connections correct B No loose wires C No short circuits between terminals or to ground Ar A charge may still remain in the DC bus capacitors with hazardous voltages even if the power
311. ting errors may create a dangerous situation For safety the use of the upper limit frequency function is strongly recommended High DC brake operating voltages and long operation time at low frequencies may cause overheating of the motor In that case forced external motor cooling is recommended Motor accel decel time is determined by motor rated torque load torque and load inertia If the stall prevention function is activated the accel decel time is automatically extended to a length that the AC Motor Drive can handle If the motor needs to decelerate within a certain time with high load inertia that can t be handled by the AC Motor Drive in the required time either use an external brake resistor and or brake unit depending on the model to shorten deceleration time only or increase the capacity for both the motor and the AC Motor Drive Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 17 37 3 C 3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor Standard motor When using the AC Motor Drive to operate a standard 3 phase induction motor take the following precautions The energy loss is greater than for an inverter duty motor 2 Avoid running motor at low speed for a long time Under this condition the motor temperature may rise above the motor rating due to limited airflow produ
312. tings 0 65535rpm Ea This parameter should be used with the multi function output terminals set to 43 An This parameter is used to set the level of motor zero speed When the actual speed is lower than this setting the corresponding multi function output terminal 43 will be ON as shown as follows A actual motor speed 02 43 i I gt I I i I MO d43 gt Time Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 93 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters Va Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Analog Input 1 AVI Factory Setting 1 Analog Input 2 ACI Factory Setting 0 X Analog Input 3 AUI Factory Setting 0 Control Mode Settings VF vFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function O O O O O 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR control O Q O O mode 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode O 3 Torque compensation command O OQ O O O 4 PID target value refer to group 8 O 9 O C 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 Q O C 6 P T C thermistor input value O OQ O O 7 Positive torque limit 8 Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit oO 11 PID feedback signal of tension Q O O O 12 Line speed O O C O 13 Reel diameter O O O O O 14 PID target value of tens
313. tion 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position GOIO O command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 O O O O Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position O O O O command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset 3 O Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command 02 04 Multi Function Input 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 Command 4 MI4 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 Command 5 MIS 10 EF input Pr 07 36 O 02 06 Multi Function Input 0 C Command 6 MI6 AR BRUL specific terminal for oO Q TRG 12 Output stop d zi 02 23 Multi Function Input 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 O O Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 0224 Multi Function Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 p o M Command 8 02 25 Multi Function Input 15 operation speed command form AVI p o o o Command 9 02 26 Multi Function Input 0 Ololo O Command 10 16 operation speed command form ACI 0227 Multi Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI p o 9 Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input F 0 O O Command 12 18 Emergency Stop Pr 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input 0 OoOlolo Q Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 Multi Function Input 0 oOololo Q Command 14 20 Digital Down command 21 PID function disab
314. tion of two ASCII characters For example a 1 byte data 64 Hex shown as 64 in ASCII consists of 6 36Hex and 4 34Hex Character 0 Y 2 Ed 4 5 6 T ASCII code 30H 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H 36H 37H Character g 9 A B C D E F ASCII code 38H 39H 41H 42H 43H 44H 45H 46H RTU mode Each 8 bit data is the combination of two 4 bit hexadecimal characters For example 64 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 159 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 J Hex LI 2 Data Format 10 bit character frame For ASCII 7 N 2 Start Stop Stop 011i12 3 4 8 ir i 4 7 bit character e 10 bit character frame gt 7 E 1 Start o 1 2 3 4 5 6 Even Stop f parity bit amp T bit character i 4 10 bit character frame gt 7 0 1 01 2 3 4 5 6 Odd Stop i i i i i parity bit lt 7 bit character gt 10 bit character frame gt 11 bit character frame For RTU 8 N 2 i i i i i Stop Stop 0 1 2i183 3 4 5 6 bit ibit amp 8 bit character 11 bit character frame p Even Stop parit
315. tor drive EZ A Frequency for Y connection A connection Switch Unit 0 01 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 60 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz 05 12 Y connection A connection Switch Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable 05 30 Delay Time for Y connection A connection Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 200 mode Settings 0 to 60 000 Ea Pr 05 12 is used to enable disable Y connection A connection Switch 4 104 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 Ea When Pr 05 12 is set to 1 the drive will select by Pr 05 11 setting and current motor frequency to switch motor to Y connection or A connection AT the same time it will also affect motor parameters Pr 05 01 to 05 10 Pr 05 13 to Pr 05 21 Lal Pr 05 30 is used to set the switch delay time of Y connection A connection Ea When output frequency reaches Y connection A connection switch frequency drive will delay by Pr 05 30 before multi function output terminals are active Y A connection switch can be used for wide range motor Y connection for low speed higher torque can be used for rigid tapping Aconnection for high speed higher torque can be used for high speed drilling A connection is finished U E1 02 01 06 304 Mit vc hse we U v
316. tp Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 PID output frequency Line speed command i 7 08 35 0 1 frequency 08 25 2 08 26 gt gt gt PI gt A Ta command 08 29 08 30 08 36 08 35 21 1 08 32 08 33 line speed feedback 08 27 21 08 23 or 08 24 mechanical gearAorB pace ani ae 08 42 reel diameter Se es master frequenc 08 25 2 08 26 line speed command Ee ee 08 27 1 line speed feedback a FY 7 gt a ACB La Gear ratio Encoder A B Motor 08 27 1 line speed feedback gt PG2 line speed command Alor communication source of reel diameter 08 42 drive Ea Tension open loop torque mode Torque N M D 2 F tension N D reel diameter m 4 141 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 torque compensation 08 83 08 86 tension setting tension gt taper gt torque m 08 76 08 79 08 81 orque value torque calculation command gt reel diameter 08 42 08 42 reel diameter ASB Los Gear ratio A B Motor tension command AI PG1 operation command FWD direction of torque command Ml d39 f Idi t source of reel diameter 08 42 Dri
317. trol vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 sec Ea If Pr 09 03 is not equal to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad EEIE COM2 Communication Protocol Keypad Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 13 Settings Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 1 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 2 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 1 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 1 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 2 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 2 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 9 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 10 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 11 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt 12 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 13 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 14 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 15 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 16 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 17 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt 09 09 X Response Delay Time Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 0 oe N oO 0c FF WN o Settings 0 0 200 0 msec Ea This parameter is the response delay time after AC drive receives communication command as shown in the following RS 485 BUS PC or PLC command
318. tting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N Ea Pr 08 80 is read only when Pr 08 79 is set to 2 The input analog 10V corresponds to Pr 08 77 08 81 Source of Tension Taper Control TocPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 ET X Tension Taper Unit 1 Control r6 cpG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 100956 Ea When Pr 08 81 is set to 0 Pr 08 82 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan text panel PLC product TP series via communication Ea When Pr 08 81 is set to 1 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 Pr 08 82 is used to display the tension taper only Ea During the rewind process the tension setting should be decreased by the increased reel to rewind the material successfully Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 155 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 actualtension output A tension tension setting taper 0 N C tension taper B A gt B gt C current reel emptyreel an The reel control is shown as follows actualtension output A tension tension setting taper 0 N C tension taper B A gt B gt C current reel max reel 08 83 M Friction Compensation Unit 1 Factory Setting 0 0 Control mode TQCPG Settings 0 0 100 0 It is used for th
319. uitable accel decel time by load inertia Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 5 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Chapter 5 Troubleshooting AU 5 11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration Motor stalls during p gt acceleration Check if acceleration Yes time is too short No h d Check if the inertia of motor and load are very high Yes v Increase setting time Use special motor No No Thicken or shorten the Yes Check if the voltage of Reduce load or wiring between the terminal is lower than increase the capacity motor or AC motor drive before of AC motor drive No Reduce load or Yes i increase the capacity ote ie load torque of AC motor drive psteo mg No Y Maybe AC motor drive has Check if the torque Yes malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA compensation is suitable No v Increase torque compensation 5 12 The Motor does not Run as Expected Motor does not run as expected Check if V f characteristic and torque compensation is suitable Adjust V f characteristic and lower torque compensation Yes T Y
320. ut time during lt a frequency stopping Run Stop ON OFF Time DC Braking Time Ea DC Brake at Start up is used for loads that may move before the AC drive starts such as fans and pumps Under such circumstances DC Brake can be used to hold the load in position before setting it in motion Ea DC Brake at stop is used to shorten the stopping time and also to hold a stopped load in position For high inertia loads a dynamic brake resistor may also be needed for fast decelerations LJ M Proportional Gain for DC Brake Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 50 mode Settings 1 to 500Hz Ea It is used to set the output voltage gain when DC brake LJ A Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Operation stops after momentary power loss 1 Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the Master Frequency reference value 2 Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the minimum frequency Ea This parameter determines the operation mode when the AC motor drive restarts from a momentary power loss Ea In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 EZA A Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 0 Settings 0 1 to 5 0 sec Revisi
321. vative Control D 0 00 1 00 sec 0 00 O o ORDA pepe init for Integral o 5 400 ge 100 0 ol o wos os ip OutputFrequency J0 0 110 0 1000 JO O Jo o imit 08 06 PID Offset 100 0 100 0 0 0 olo 08 07 PID Delay Time 0 0 2 5 sec 0 0 O O MUI Feedback Signal Detection 0 0 3600 0 sec 0 0 o 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and ramp to stop O ES O E 08 09 Feedback Fault Treatment 5 Warn and coast to stop 0 2 O O O 3 Warn and keep at last frequency 08 10 Sleep Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 08 11 Wake up Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O x 08 12 Sleep Time 0 0 6000 0 sec 0 0 Oo Oo 08 13 PID Deviation Level 1 0 50 0 10 0 O o 08 14 PID Deviation Time 0 1 300 0 sec 5 0 Q O Filter Time for PID 2 5 m O 08 15 Feedback 0 1 300 0 sec 5 0 Qu O O 08 16 Reserved 08 20 08 21 Tension Control Selection 0 Disable 0 O O 1 Tension closed loop speed mode O O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O O 3 Reserved 4 Tension open loop torque mode Wind Mode 0 Rewind 0 O O o o ias 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear A at Reel 1 65535 100 O O O o 08 24 Mechanical Gear B at 1 65535 100 O O Oo O o Motor 08 25 Source of the Tension 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 0 Q C O O Command Line Speed S 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 12 line speed PID Target Value of 0 0 100 0 50 0 Oj O O O 108 26 Tension Line Speed 08 27 Source of Tension Line 0 Ana
322. ve TQCPG mode 08 22 Wind Mode Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Rewind 1 Unwind E When it is set to 0 the reel diameter D will increase When it is set to 1 the reel diameter will decrease as shown in the following diagram 4 142 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 3 rewind unwind 4 KE v Mechanical Gear A at Reel Unit 1 AME Ww Mechanical Gear B at Motor Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 100 Settings 1 to 65535 Ea Pr 08 23 and Pr 08 24 are only for tension control mode applied in tension control mode Drive rewind unwind GearA GearB Motor reel Gear ratio A B 08 25 Source of the Tension Command Line Speed Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 1 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 12 line speed Ea When it is set to O it can adjust Pr 08 26 setting PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed by the digital keypad Ea When it is set to 1 it can adjust Pr 08 26 setting PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed by the communication Ea When it is set to 2 the source of tension command is the external analog input terminals Pr
323. ver torque detection during operation stop operation after detection 06 10 Over torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O O O O Level OT2 Over torque Detection 0 0 60 0 sec 0 1 Oo O oO O 406 11 Time OT2 06 12 Current Limit 0 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O w 06 13 Electronic Thermal 0 Inverter motor 2 C O O 5 Relay Selection Motor 1 Standard motor 1 2 Disable Electronic Thermal 30 0 600 0 sec 60 0 O O C Q Q 06 14 Characteristic for Motor 1 Heat Sink Over heat 0 0 110 0 C 85 0 O O O O E 406 15 OH Warning Stall Prevention Limit 0 100 refer to Pr 06 03 Pr 06 04 50 O O O 06 16 Level 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Recent 2 Over current during deceleration ocd 0 E Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent 5 IGBT short circuit occ 0 Fault Record 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 0 Fault Record 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com 4 13 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 2 V actory Pr Explanation Settings VF VFPG SVC FOCPG
324. voltage AC power line 200 V and above b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 3 Wire length wire length and signal frequency are in inverse proportion B 18 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories IU bos or FUISE Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge enerators Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m a 1 25mm AWG16 or above Line Driver 300m Complementary 70m 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 jumper _ Brake resistor L 1i optional No fuse breaker odii m 1 2 B1 B2 R R L1 U T1 N Motor s2 VIT Ny 3M T TL3 WT3 WO 24V FWD STOP REV STOP DE REV GEEREESE Multi step 1 MH 5 VP Multi step 2 i DCMC Multi step 3 e BE Factory A MI3 ATA setting Multi step 4 MIA i B1 PG No function MI5 Bio Line driver rera L GR ao DCM i Pt oc 7 incremental encoder t 1 E multi function por Mee Aa manual pulse generator i B20 J MPG E B20 10 17 EME GOIN eM a Line driver 10 18 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 B 19 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com Appendix B Accessories AU wiring 2 jumper X Brake resistor 4d 4 optional No fuse breaker 1 2 B1 A NFB gt RBS R L1 U T1 U m
325. ween 1 2 and should be less than 25VDC Amm Disconnect AC power before processing 2 Only qualified personnel can install wire and maintain AC motor drives Please take off any metal objects such as watches and rings before operation And only insulated tools are allowed 3 Never reassemble internal components or wiring Prevent static electricity Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 6 7 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance VZV Periodical Maintenance L Ambient environment http www automatedpt com Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Daily Half One Year Year Check the ambient temperature i i humidity vibration and see if Vis al inspection and measurement there are any dust gas oil or with equipment with standard O water drops specification wis are any dangerous Visual inspection O Voltage Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year Check if the voltage of main F circuit and control circuit is Measure with multimeter with standard O specification correct L Keypad Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year Is the display clear for reading Visual inspection O Any missing characters Visual inspection O a Mechanical parts Maintenance
326. will free run 40 Force stop to stop 41 Serial position clock The position method of the main shaft When using setting 41 and setting 42 it needs to use with 2 input terminals for multi position control po SPIPosifion Command Clock p PG Position CNC y co ntrol point Pr 10 19 Controller PLC DO SPlPosition Command Data DI main gt shaft VFD VE transmission start _ az PG position control point 42 Serial position input OSS SH ff gt r10 19 Clock Rea dy for transmission gt gt main shaft OSS x VFD VE Data test example angle Encoder b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO 360 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 4095 J 1 1 1 d 1 3 71 if 1 1 180 2048 1 0 01 0 090 0 0 00 01 00 90 10244 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 512 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 137 1558 0 1 110 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 308 3504 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3687 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 01 1 1 1 43 Analog input resolution peter to pr 40 55 for details selection 44 Enable Reset initial reel When the drive is at stop and it is in tension control mode it diameter is Reset initial reel needs to set 3 step initial reel by the digital status of terminals diameter 1 45 and 46 Pr 08 46 48 Using
327. ww automatedpt com Hu Chapter 4 Parameters 77 37 3 e J pitch roller e Wind y the setting of Pr 02 18 of motor 2 the setting of Pr 02 18 of motor 1 motor motor Pr 10 15 of motor 2 should be set to 3 or 4 Driver 1 Driver 2 ar PG2 DFM A2 E TP 02 18 IAD DFM B2 E DCM B2 DCM AB2 08 38 Max Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1000 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min Ea In tension closed loop and open loop mode the max line speed is the reel line speed of the pitch roller that corresponds to the max frequency Ea In closed loop of line speed setting by the mechanism requirement 08 39 Min Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min Ea When the line speed setting is lower than PR 08 39 the drive will stop calculating the reel diameter 08 40 Pulse Number for Each Meter Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0 pulse m Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 4 147 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 al Ea When Pr 08 37 is set to 3 it needs to be used with this parameter AE Current Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min Ca The displa
328. y Setting Digital command 0 01Hz analog command 1 4096 12 bit of the max output Resolution frequency Torque Limit Max is 20096 torque current Control Characteristics Torque Accuracy d 596 Accel Decel Time 0 00 to 600 00 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds V f Curve Adjustable V f curve using 4 independent points and square curve Frequency Setting Signal 10V 4 20mA pulse input Brake Torque About 2096 Motor Protection Electronic thermal relay protection Over current Protection The current forces 22096 of the over current protection and 30096 of the rated current Creve Leslerge Ouian Higher than 50 X rated current Protection Overload Ability Constant torque 150 for 60 seconds variable torque 200 for 3 seconds Over voltage Protection Over voltage level Vdc gt 400 800V low voltage level Vdc lt 200 400V Over voltage Protection for the Input Power Varistor MOV Protection Characteristics Over temperature Protection Built in temperature sensor Compensation for the Momentory Power Loss Protection Level NEMA 1 IP21 Up to 5 seconds for parameter setting Operation Temperature 10 C to 40 C Storage Temperature 20 C to 60 C Ambient Humidity Below 90 RH non condensing Vibration 9 80665m s 1G less than 20Hz 5 88m s 0 6G at 20 to 50Hz Environmental Conditions Installation Location Altitude 1 000 m or lower keep from corrosive gasses liquid and dust ma CE On A 2 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2
329. y bit i _ 8 bit character gt cm 11 bit character frame p l Odd Stop 0 1 2 l 3 4 5 6 7 parity bit lt _ ___ 8 bit character _ 11 bit character frame 3 Communication Protocol 3 1 Communication Data Frame ASCII mode STX Start character 3AH Address Hi Communication address Address Lo 8 bit address consists of 2 ASCII codes Function Hi Command code Function Lo 8 bit command consists of 2 ASCII codes DATA n 1 Contents of data to Nx8 bit data consist of 2n ASCII codes DATA 0 n lt 16 maximum of 32 ASCII codes LRC CHK Hi LRC check sum LRC CHK Lo 8 bit check sum consists of 2 ASCII codes END Hi End characters END Lo END1 CR 0DH ENDO LF 0AH 4 160 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7 373 RTU mode START A silent interval of more than 10 ms Address Communication address 8 bit address Function Command code 8 bit command DATA n 1 Contents of data s nx8 bit data n lt 16 CRC CHK Low CRC check sum CRC CHK High 16 bit check sum consists of 2 8 bit characters END A silent interval of more than 10 ms 3 2 Address Communication Address Valid communication addresses are in the range of 0 t
330. y range of this parameter is according to Pr 08 38 and Pr 08 39 Q When Pr 08 37 is set to 1 3 or 4 the current line speed will be saved into Pr 08 41 via analog and pulse command At this time Pr 08 41 will be read only Q When Pr 08 37 is set to 2 the setting of Pr 08 41 current line speed can be changed by communication a Source of Reel Diameter Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Calculated by line speed 1 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 B L When it is set to 1 or 2 it needs to be used with PG card Ea When it is set to 1 the reel diameter can be got from the encoder on the reel shaft At this time the pulse signal needs to be connected to the PG2 of PG card and get the reel diameter from the settings of Pr 10 15 Pr 08 49 Pr 08 50 and Pr 08 51 Ea When it is set to 2 the reel diameter can be calculated from the motor encoder and gear ratio At this time the pulse signal should be connected to the PG1 of the PG card and get the reel diameter from the settings of Pr 08 23 Pr 08 24 Pr 10 01 Pr 10 00 Pr 08 50 and Pr 08 51 En When it is set to 3 the reel diameter can be calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 and the
331. y setting Pr 00 02 is set to 9 or 10 Pr 00 02 0 No function Parameter Reset 1 Read only 2 Enable group 11 parameters setting 8 Keypad lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V 10 All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V W Enter the related information of the motor into Pr 01 00 01 02 and Pr 05 01 05 04 Pr 01 00 50 00 600 00Hz Max Output Frequency Pr 01 01 0 00 600 00Hz 1st Output Frequency Setting 1 Pr 01 02 230V 0 1V 255 0V 1st Output Voltage 460V 0 1V 510 0V Setting 1 Pr 05 01 40 120 of drive s rated current Full load Current of Motor 1 A NOTE This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 90 of the rated current Pr 05 02 0 655 35 Rated Power of Motor 1 kW NOTE It is used to set rated power of the motor 1 The factory setting is the power of the drive 3 10 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up V7 37 Pr 05 03 0 65535 Rated Speed of Motor 1 rpm NOTE It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and needs to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate Pr 05 04 2 20 Number of Motor Poles 1 NOTE it i
332. z When using multi function input terminals to switch ASR1 ASR2 the diagram will be shown as follows Setting multi function input terminal to 27 ASR1 ASR2 switch OFF ON OFF I 3 I ASR 1 VA ASR2 N ASR1 gt l la pl la 0 1 sec 0 1 sec a A Low Pass Filter Time of ASR Output Unit 0 001 Control EOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 008 mode Settings 0 000 to 0 350 sec qg It defines the filter time of the ASR command 4 174 Revision Dec 2008 04VE SW V2 05 CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http Awww automatedpt com CALL NOW 800 985 6929 http www automatedpt com Chapter 4 Parameters 7573 A Encoder Stall Level Unit 1 Control yep FOCPG Factory Setting 115 mode Settings 0 to 120 0 disable Ea This parameter determines the maximum encoder feedback signal allowed before a fault occurs max output frequency Pr 01 00 210095 EXE A Encoder Stall Detection Time Unit 0 1 Contro yepg FOCPG Factory Setting 0 1 mode Settings 0 0 to 2 0 sec EE Encoder Slip Range Unit 1 Control Factory Setting 50 mode FPG FOCPG Settings 0 to 50 0 disable 10 13 Encoder Slip Detection Time Unit 0 1 Control VFPG FOCPG Factory Setting 0 5 Settings 0 0 to 10 0 sec EZS Encoder Stall and Slip Error Treatment puli VFPG FOCPG Factory Setting 2 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop Ea When the value of rotation speed motor frequ

Delta VFD-VE-User-Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents